Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2013

Securities Act File No. 333-179433

 

 

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM N-2

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 x

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

 

		Pre-Effective Amendment No.		¨
		Post-Effective Amendment No. 2		x

 

 

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in charter)

 

 

 

500 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including Area Code: (212) 993-1670

 

Michael S. Gross

Chief Executive Officer

Solar Senior Capital Ltd.

500 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

(Name and address of agent for service)

 

 

 

COPIES TO:

Steven B. Boehm

John J. Mahon

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP

700 Sixth Street, NW, Suite 700

Washington, DC 20001

(202) 383-0100

 

 

 

Approximate date of proposed public offering:    From time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box.  x

 

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

 

x    when declared effective pursuant to Section 8(c).

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Title of Securities Being Registered		Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)		Amount of Registration Fee(1)
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share(2)
Debt Securities(3)
Total(4)		$150,000,000(4)		$17,190(5)

(1)

Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933 solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee. The proposed maximum offering price per security will be determined, from time to time, by the Registrant in connection with the sale by the Registrant of the securities registered under this Registration Statement.

(2)

Subject to Note 4 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of shares of common stock as may be sold, from time to time.

(3)

Subject to Note 4 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of debt securities as may be sold, from time to time. If any debt securities are issued at an original issue discount, then the offering price shall be in such greater principal amount as shall result in an aggregate price to investors not to exceed $150,000,000.

(4)

In no event will the aggregate offering price of all securities issued from time to time pursuant to this Registration Statement exceed $150,000,000.

(5)

Previously paid.

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

---

Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                     , 2013

PROSPECTUS

 

$150,000,000

Solar Senior Capital Ltd.

Common Stock

Debt Securities

 

 

We are an externally managed finance company. Our investment objective is to seek to maximize current income consistent with the preservation of capital. We will seek to achieve our investment objective by investing primarily in senior secured loans, including first lien, unitranche and second lien debt instruments, made to private middle-market companies whose debt is rated below investment grade, which we refer to collectively as “senior loans.” We may also invest in debt of public companies that are thinly traded. Under normal market conditions, at least 80% of the value of our net assets (including the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) will be invested in senior loans. Securities rated below investment grade, including the senior loans we intend to target, are often referred to as “leveraged loans,” “high yield” or “junk” securities, and may be considered “high risk” compared to debt instruments that are rated above investment grade.

We were formed in December 2010 as a Maryland corporation structured as an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company. We have elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the 1940 Act. We will be managed by Solar Capital Partners, LLC. Solar Capital Management, LLC will provide the administrative services necessary for us to operate.

We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series, up to $150,000,000 of our common stock or debt securities, which we refer to, collectively, as the “securities.” The securities may be offered at prices and on terms to be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus.

In the event we offer common stock, the offering price per share of our common stock less any underwriting commissions or discounts will generally not be less than the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time we make the offering. However, we may issue shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus at a price per share that is less than our net asset value per share (a) with the prior approval of the majority of our common stockholders or (b) under such other circumstances as the SEC may permit.

The securities may be offered directly to one or more purchasers, or through agents designated from time to time by us, or to or through underwriters or dealers. The prospectus supplement relating to an offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of the securities, and will disclose any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between us and our agents or underwriters or among our underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. See “Plan of Distribution.” We may not sell any of the securities through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of this prospectus and a prospectus supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of such securities.

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SUNS.” On April 24, 2013, the last reported sales price on the NASDAQ Global Select Market for our common stock was $18.91 per share.

This prospectus, and the accompanying prospectus supplement, contains important information about us that a prospective investor should know before investing in our common stock. Please read this prospectus, and the accompanying prospectus supplement, before investing, and keep it for future reference. We are required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is available free of charge by contacting us by mail at 500 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022, by telephone at (212) 993-1670 or on our website at http://www.solarseniorcap.com. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains such information. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be part of this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus supplement.

 

 

An investment in our common stock is very risky and highly speculative. Shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. In addition, the companies in which we invest are subject to special risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 to read about factors you should consider, including the risk of leverage, before investing in our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of shares of common stock unless accompanied by a prospectus supplement.

 

 

                    , 2013

---

Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement. We have not authorized any dealer, salesman or other person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement to this prospectus. You must not rely upon any information or representation not contained in this prospectus or any such supplements as if we had authorized it. This prospectus and any such supplements do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy any security other than the registered securities to which they relate, nor do they constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. The information contained in this prospectus and any such supplements is accurate as of the dates on their covers. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since then.

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

		Page
Summary			1
Fees and Expenses			13
Selected Financial and Other Data			15
Risk Factors			17
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements			40
Use of Proceeds			41
Price Range of Common Stock and Distributions			42
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations			44
Senior Securities			56
Business			57
Portfolio Companies			73
Management			77
Portfolio Management			86
Investment Advisory and Management Agreement			87
Administration Agreement			93
License Agreement			93
Certain Relationships and Transactions			94
Control Persons and Principal Stockholders			95
Regulation as a Business Development Company			96
Determination of Net Asset Value			100
Dividend Reinvestment Plan			102
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations			104
Sale of Common Stock Below Net Asset Value			111
Description of Our Capital Stock			117
Description of Our Debt Securities			124
Shares Eligible for Future Sale			137
Plan of Distribution			138
Custodian, Transfer and Distribution Paying Agent and Registrar			140
Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices			140
Legal Matters			140
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			140
Available Information			141
Index to Financial Statements			F-1

---

Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

 

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, using the “shelf” registration process. Under the shelf registration process, which constitutes a delayed offering in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, we may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series, up to $150,000,000 of our common stock or debt securities on the terms to be determined at the time of the offering. The securities may be offered at prices and on terms described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities that we may offer. Each time we use this prospectus to offer securities, we will provide a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. A prospectus supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. Please carefully read this prospectus and any such supplements together with any exhibits and the additional information described under “Available Information” and in the “Summary” and “Risk Factors” sections before you make an investment decision.

---

Table of Contents

 

1

---

Table of Contents

 

2

---

Table of Contents

 

3

---

Table of Contents

 

4

---

Table of Contents

 

5

---

Table of Contents

 

6

---

Table of Contents

 

7

---

Table of Contents

 

8

---

Table of Contents

 

9

---

Table of Contents

 

10

---

Table of Contents

 

11

---

Table of Contents

 

12

---

Table of Contents

FEES AND EXPENSES

 

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that you will bear directly or indirectly. We caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “us” or “Solar Senior Capital,” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, you will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as an investor in Solar Senior Capital Ltd.

 

Stockholder transaction expenses:
Sales load borne by us (as a percentage of offering price)		—%(1)
Offering expenses borne by us (as a percentage of offering price)		—%(2)
Dividend reinvestment plan expenses		None(3)
Total stockholder transaction expenses (as a percentage of offering price)		—%(2)
Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock):
Base management fee		1.27%(4)
Incentive fees payable under our Investment Advisory and Management Agreement		0.34%(5)
Interest payments on borrowed funds		0.85%(6)
Other expenses (estimated)		1.61%(7)
Total annual expenses		4.07%

 

Example

 

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed that our annual operating expenses would remain at the levels set forth in the table above and have excluded performance-based incentive fees. See Note 6 below for additional information regarding certain assumptions regarding our level of leverage. In the event that shares to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, a corresponding prospectus supplement will restate this example to reflect the applicable sales load.

 

		1 Year				3 Years				5 Years				10 Years
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return		$	37			$	114			$	192			$	396

 

(1)

In the event that the shares of common stock to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, a corresponding prospectus supplement will disclose the applicable sales load and the “Example” will be updated accordingly.

(2)

The prospectus supplement corresponding to each offering will disclose the applicable offering expenses and total stockholder transaction expenses.

(3)

The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan are included in “other expenses.”

(4)

Our base management fee under the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement is based on our gross assets, which is defined as all the assets of Solar Senior Capital, including those acquired using borrowings for investment purposes, and assumes the base management fee remains consistent with fees incurred for the year ended December 31, 2012. See “Investment Advisory and Management Agreement.”

(5)

Assumes that annual incentive fees earned by our investment adviser, Solar Capital Partners, remain consistent with the incentive fees earned by Solar Capital Partners for the year ended December 31, 2012. The incentive fee consists of two parts:

 

The first part, which is payable quarterly in arrears, equals 20% of the excess, if any, of our “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” that exceeds a 1.75% quarterly (7.00% annualized) hurdle rate, which we refer to as the Hurdle, subject to a “catch-up” provision measured at the end of each calendar quarter. The first part of the incentive fee is computed and paid on income that may include interest that is accrued but not yet received in cash. The operation of the first part of the incentive fee for each quarter is as follows:

 

•

no incentive fee is payable to our investment adviser in any calendar quarter in which our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the Hurdle of 1.75%;

 

13

---

Table of Contents

•

50% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the Hurdle but is less than 2.9167% in any calendar quarter (11.67% annualized) is payable to our investment adviser. We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the Hurdle but is less than 2.9167%) as the “catch-up.” The “catch-up” is meant to provide our investment adviser with 20% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, as if a Hurdle did not apply when our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds 2.9167% in any calendar quarter; and

 

•

20% of the amount of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.9167% in any calendar quarter (11.67% annualized) is payable to our investment adviser (once the Hurdle is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 20% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Investment Income thereafter is allocated to our investment adviser).

 

The second part of the incentive fee equals 20% of our “Incentive Fee Capital Gains,” if any, which equals our realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from inception through the end of each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees. The second part of the incentive fee is payable, in arrears, at the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, as of the termination date). For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of this fee, see “Investment Advisory and Management Agreement.”

 

(6)

We currently borrow funds under the Credit Facility and may borrow additional funds from time to time to make investments to the extent we determine that the economic situation is conducive to doing so. The costs associated with our outstanding borrowings are indirectly born by our investors. For purposes of this section, we have computed interest expense using the average balance outstanding for all borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2012. We used the LIBOR rate on December 31, 2012 and the interest rate on the Credit Facility. We have also included the estimated amortization of fees incurred in establishing the Credit Facility. Additionally, we included the estimated cost of commitment fees for unused balances on the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2012, we had $39.1 million outstanding and $160.9 million remaining available to us under the Credit Facility. We may also issue preferred stock, subject to our compliance with applicable requirements under the 1940 Act, although we have no immediate intention to do so.

(7)

“Other expenses” are based on the amounts incurred for the year ended December 31, 2012 and include our overhead expenses, including payments under our Administration Agreement based on our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by Solar Capital Management in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. See “Administration Agreement.”

 

The example and the expenses in the tables above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown. While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. The incentive fee under the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, which, assuming a 5% annual return, would either not be payable or would have an insignificant impact on the expense amounts shown above, is not included in the example. This illustration assumes that we will not realize any capital gains (computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation) in any of the indicated time periods. If we achieve sufficient returns on our investments, including through the realization of capital gains, to trigger an incentive fee of a material amount, our expenses and returns to our investors would be higher. For example, if we assumed that we received our 5% annual return completely in the form of net realized capital gains on our investments, computed net of all cumulative unrealized depreciation on our investments, the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses set forth in the above illustration would be as follows:

 

		1 Year				3 Years				5 Years				10 Years
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return		$	47			$	142			$	238			$	479

 

In addition, the example assumes no sales load. Also, while the example assumes reinvestment of all dividends at net asset value, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan will receive a number of shares of our common stock, determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to a participant by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of trading on the dividend payment date, which may be at, above or below net asset value. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

 

14

---

Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

The selected financial and other data below should be read in conjunction with our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and notes thereto. Financial information is presented for December 31, 2012 and 2011 as well as for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and for the period from January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) through December 31, 2011. Financial information has been derived from our consolidated financial statements that were audited by KPMG LLP (“KPMG”), an independent registered public accounting firm. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Senior Securities” below for more information.

 

($ in thousands, except per share data)		Year Ended December 31, 2012				Period from January 28, 2011(1) to December 31, 2011
Income statement data:
Total investment income		$	20,539			$	7,890
Total expenses			(8,046	)			(5,290	)
Net investment income			12,493				2,600
Net realized gain (loss)			618				(576	)
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)			801				(2,274	)
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations			13,912				(250	)
Per share data:
Net investment income		$	1.32			$	0.30
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)			0.15				(0.33	)
Dividends and distributions declared			1.29				0.55

 

($ in thousands, except per share data)		As of December 31, 2012				As of December 31, 2011
Balance sheet data:
Total investment portfolio		$	212,602			$	177,749
Total cash and cash equivalents			2,647				2,934
Total assets			217,029				187,395
Credit facility payable			39,100				8,600
Net assets			174,103				172,435
Per share data:
Net asset value per share		$	18.33			$	18.15
Other data (unaudited):
Weighted average annualized yield on income producing investments(2):
Based on fair value			7.8	%			8.5	%
Based on cost			7.7	%			8.4	%
Number of portfolio companies at period end:			31				21

 

(1)

Commencement of operations

(2)

Unaudited

 

15

---

Table of Contents

Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

		2012
		Q4				Q3				Q2				Q1
Total investment income		$	6,141			$	4,890			$	5,599			$	3,909
Net investment income		$	3,425			$	3,001			$	3,441			$	2,626
Net realized and unrealized gain		$	(2,670	)		$	806			$	192			$	3,091
Earnings per share(1)		$	0.08			$	0.40			$	0.38			$	0.60
Net asset value per share at the end of the quarter(2)		$	18.33			$	18.60			$	18.54			$	18.45

 

		2011
		Q4				Q3				Q2				Q1
Total investment income		$	3,554			$	2,874			$	1,405			$	57
Net investment income (loss)		$	2,570			$	(644	)		$	794			$	(120	)
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)		$	1,676			$	(4,844	)		$	180			$	138
Earnings per share(3)		$	0.45			$	(0.58	)		$	0.10			$	—	(5)
Net asset value per share at the end of the quarter(4)		$	18.15			$	17.97			$	18.78			$	18.73

 

(1)

Based on 9,500,100, 9,500,100, 9,500,100 and 9,500,100 weighted average shares of Solar Senior Capital Ltd. outstanding during each of the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2012, respectively.

(2)

Based on 9,500,100, 9,500,100, 9,500,100 and 9,500,100 shares of Solar Senior Capital Ltd. outstanding as of the end of the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2012, respectively.

(3)

Based on 4,758,110, 9,500,100, 9,500,100 and 9,500,100 weighted average shares of Solar Senior Capital Ltd. outstanding during each of the first, second, third and fourth quarters of 2011, respectively.

(4)

Based on 9,500,100 shares of Solar Senior Capital Ltd. outstanding as of the end of the first, second, third and fourth quarter of 2011.

(5)

Less than $0.005 per share.

 

16

---

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

Before you invest in our securities, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our securities. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our common stock could decline or the value of our debt securities may decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Investments

 

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities.

 

A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we target in leveraged companies. We compete with other BDCs, public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than we do, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our potential competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us. We cannot assure you that the competitive pressures we face will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, as a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we can offer no assurance that we will be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.

 

We do not seek to compete primarily based on the interest rates we offer, and we believe that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that may be comparable to or lower than the rates we may offer. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. However, if we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income and increased risk of credit loss.

 

Our investments are very risky and highly speculative.

 

We invest primarily in senior secured loans, including first lien, unitranche and second lien debt instruments, made to middle-market companies whose debt is rated below investment grade. Securities rated below investment grade are often referred to as “leveraged loans,” “high yield” or “junk” securities, and may be considered “high risk” compared to debt instruments that are rated above investment grade.

 

When we make a senior secured term loan investment in a portfolio company, we generally take a security interest in the available assets of the portfolio company, including the equity interests of its subsidiaries, which we expect to help mitigate the risk that we will not be repaid. However, there is a risk that the collateral securing our loans may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital, and, in some circumstances, our lien could be subordinated to claims of other creditors. In addition, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the loan. Consequently, the fact that a loan is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the loan should we be forced to enforce our remedies.

 

17

---

Table of Contents

In addition, investing in middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks, including:

 

•

these companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;

 

•

they typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;

 

•

they are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us;

 

•

they generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position. In addition, our executive officers, directors and our investment adviser may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in the portfolio companies; and

 

•

they may have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness upon maturity.

 

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

 

We generally make investments in private companies. We invest and expect to continue investing in companies whose securities have no established trading market and whose securities are and will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or whose securities are and will be less liquid than are publicly-traded securities. The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded our investments. As a result, we do not expect to achieve liquidity in our investments in the near-term. However, to maintain our qualification as a business development company and as a RIC, we may have to dispose of investments if we do not satisfy one or more of the applicable criteria under the respective regulatory frameworks. In addition, we may face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we have material non-public information regarding such portfolio company.

 

Our portfolio may be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies and industries, which will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies performs poorly or defaults on its obligations under any of its debt instruments or if there is a downturn in a particular industry.

 

Our portfolio may be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies and industries. Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification, and while we are not targeting any specific industries, our investments may be concentrated in relatively few industries or portfolio companies. As a result, the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. Additionally, a downturn in any particular industry in which we are invested could also significantly impact the aggregate returns we realize.

 

Capital markets have recently been in a period of disruption and instability. These market conditions have materially and adversely affected debt and equity capital markets in the United States and abroad, which may in the future have a negative impact on our business and operations.

 

The global capital markets have recently been in a period of disruption as evidenced by a lack of liquidity in the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the

 

18

---

Table of Contents

broadly syndicated credit market and the failure of certain major financial institutions. Despite actions of the United States federal government and foreign governments, these events contributed to worsening general economic conditions that materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial services firms in particular.

These conditions could continue for a prolonged period of time or worsen in the future. While these conditions persist, we and other companies in the financial services sector may have to access, if available, alternative markets for debt and equity capital. Equity capital may be difficult to raise because, subject to some limited exceptions which apply to us, as a BDC we are generally not able to issue additional shares of our common stock at a price less than net asset value without first obtaining approval for such issuance from our stockholders and our independent directors. At our 2012 Annual Stockholders Meeting, our stockholders approved our ability to sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock, not exceeding 25% of our then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such offering, at a price or prices below the then current net asset value per share, in each case subject to the approval of our board of directors and compliance with the conditions set forth in the proxy statement pertaining thereto, during a period beginning on May 3, 2012 and expiring on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the date of the 2012 Annual Stockholders Meeting and the date of our 2013 Annual Stockholders Meeting, which will be held on April 30, 2013. However, notwithstanding such stockholder approval, since our initial public offering on February 24, 2011, we have not sold any shares of our common stock at a price below our then current net asset value per share. At our 2013 Annual Stockholders Meeting, we have sought the re-approval of our stockholders to provide us with the ability to sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock, not exceeding 25% of our then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such offering, at a price or prices below the then current net asset value per share, in each case subject to the approval of our board of directors and compliance with the conditions set forth in the proxy statement pertaining thereto. In addition, our ability to incur indebtedness (including by issued preferred stock) is limited by applicable regulations such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, must equal at least 200% immediately after each time we incur indebtedness. The debt capital that will be available, if at all, may be at a higher cost and on less favorable terms and conditions in the future. Any inability to raise capital could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if required. As a result, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have recorded our investments. In addition, significant changes in the capital markets, including the recent extreme volatility and disruption, have had, and may in the future have, a negative effect on the valuations of our investments and on the potential for liquidity events involving our investments. An inability to raise capital, and any required sale of our investments for liquidity purposes, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

If we cannot obtain additional capital because of either regulatory or market price constraints, we could be forced to curtail or cease our new lending and investment activities, our net asset value could decrease and our level of distributions and liquidity could be affected adversely.

 

Our ability to secure additional financing and satisfy our financial obligations under indebtedness outstanding from time to time will depend upon our future operating performance, which is subject to the prevailing general economic and credit market conditions, including interest rate levels and the availability of credit generally, and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. The prolonged continuation or worsening of current economic and capital market conditions could have a material adverse effect on our ability to secure financing on favorable terms, if at all.

 

If we are unable to obtain debt capital, then our equity investors will not benefit from the potential for increased returns on equity resulting from leverage to the extent that our investment strategy is successful and we may be limited in our ability to make new commitments or fundings to our portfolio companies.

 

The downgrade of the U.S. credit rating and the economic crisis in Europe could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Recent U.S. debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns, together with signs of deteriorating sovereign debt conditions in Europe, have increased the possibility of additional credit-rating downgrades and economic

 

19

---

Table of Contents

slowdowns. Although U.S. lawmakers passed legislation to raise the federal debt ceiling, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on the United States from “AAA” to “AA+” in August 2011. The impact of this or any further downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating, or its perceived creditworthiness, and the impact of the current crisis in Europe with respect to the ability of certain European Union countries to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations is inherently unpredictable and could adversely affect the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions. There can be no assurance that governmental or other measures to aid economic recovery will be effective. These developments, and the government’s credit concerns in general, could cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact our ability to access the capital markets on favorable terms. In addition, the decreased credit rating could create broader financial turmoil and uncertainty, which may weigh heavily on our stock price. Continued adverse economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

 

Many of our potential portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during these periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets may increase and the value of our portfolio may decrease during these periods as we are required to record the values of our investments. Adverse economic conditions also may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments at fair value. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and harm our operating results.

 

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, acceleration of the time when the loans are due and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize the portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt that we hold. We may incur additional expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, if one of our portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided significant managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors.

 

These portfolio companies may face intense competition, including competition from companies with greater financial resources, more extensive research and development, manufacturing, marketing and service capabilities and greater number of qualified and experienced managerial and technical personnel. They may need additional financing which they are unable to secure and which we are unable or unwilling to provide, or they may be subject to adverse developments unrelated to the technologies they acquire.

 

We may suffer a loss if a portfolio company defaults on a loan and the underlying collateral is not sufficient.

 

In the event of a default by a portfolio company on a secured loan, we will only have recourse to the assets collateralizing the loan. If the underlying collateral value is less than the loan amount, we will suffer a loss. In addition, we sometimes make loans that are unsecured, which are subject to the risk that other lenders may be directly secured by the assets of the portfolio company. In the event of a default, those collateralized lenders would have priority over us with respect to the proceeds of a sale of the underlying assets. In cases described above, we may lack control over the underlying asset collateralizing our loan or the underlying assets of the portfolio company prior to a default, and as a result the value of the collateral may be reduced by acts or omissions by owners or managers of the assets.

 

20

---

Table of Contents

In the event of bankruptcy of a portfolio company, we may not have full recourse to its assets in order to satisfy our loan, or our loan may be subject to equitable subordination. In addition, certain of our loans are subordinate to other debt of the portfolio company. If a portfolio company defaults on our loan or on debt senior to our loan, or in the event of a portfolio company bankruptcy, our loan will be satisfied only after the senior debt receives payment. Where debt senior to our loan exists, the presence of inter-creditor arrangements may limit our ability to amend our loan documents, assign our loans, accept prepayments, exercise our remedies (through “standstill” periods) and control decisions made in bankruptcy proceedings relating to the portfolio company. Bankruptcy and portfolio company litigation can significantly increase collection losses and the time needed for us to acquire the underlying collateral in the event of a default, during which time the collateral may decline in value, causing us to suffer losses.

 

If the value of collateral underlying our loan declines or interest rates increase during the term of our loan, a portfolio company may not be able to obtain the necessary funds to repay our loan at maturity through refinancing. Decreasing collateral value and/or increasing interest rates may hinder a portfolio company’s ability to refinance our loan because the underlying collateral cannot satisfy the debt service coverage requirements necessary to obtain new financing. If a borrower is unable to repay our loan at maturity, we could suffer a loss which may adversely impact our financial performance.

 

The business, financial condition and results of operations of our portfolio companies could be adversely affected by worldwide economic conditions, as well as political and economic conditions in the countries in which they conduct business.

 

The business and operating results of our portfolio companies may be impacted by worldwide economic conditions. Although the U.S. economy has in recent quarters shown signs of recovery from the 2008–2009 global recession, the strength and duration of any economic recovery will be impacted by worldwide economic growth. For instance, a number of recent reports indicate that growth in China and other emerging markets may be slowing relative to historical growth rates. The significant debt in U.S. and European countries is expected to hinder growth in those countries for the foreseeable future. Multiple factors relating to the international operations of some of our portfolio companies and to particular countries in which they operate could negatively impact their business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Some of the products of our portfolio companies are developed, manufactured, assembled, tested or marketed outside the U.S. Any conflict or uncertainty in these countries, including due to natural disasters, public health concerns, political unrest or safety concerns, could harm their business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if the government of any country in which their products are developed, manufactured or sold sets technical or regulatory standards for products developed or manufactured in or imported into their country that are not widely shared, it may lead some of their customers to suspend imports of their products into that country, require manufacturers or developers in that country to manufacture or develop products with different technical or regulatory standards and disrupt cross-border manufacturing, marketing or business relationships which, in each case, could harm their businesses.

 

The effect of global climate change may impact the operations of our portfolio companies.

 

There may be evidence of global climate change. Climate change creates physical and financial risk and some of our portfolio companies may be adversely affected by climate change. For example, the needs of customers of energy companies vary with weather conditions, primarily temperature and humidity. To the extent weather conditions are affected by climate change, energy use could increase or decrease depending on the duration and magnitude of any changes. Increases in the cost of energy could adversely affect the cost of operations of our portfolio companies if the use of energy products or services is material to their business. A decrease in energy use due to weather changes may affect some of our portfolio companies’ financial condition, through decreased revenues. Extreme weather conditions in general require more system backup, adding to costs, and can contribute to increased system stresses, including service interruptions.

 

21

---

Table of Contents

Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets may adversely affect, and may continue to adversely affect, the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized depreciation that we experience on our loan portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution and could adversely affect our ability to service our outstanding borrowings.

 

As a BDC, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our board of directors. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments are recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized depreciation in our loan portfolio could be an indication of a portfolio company’s inability to meet its repayment obligations to us with respect to the affected loans. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution in future periods and could materially adversely affect our ability to service our outstanding borrowings. The unprecedented declines in prices and liquidity in the corporate debt markets from 2008 through mid-2010 resulted in significant declines in the fair value of loans and other debt investments. Depending on market conditions, we could incur substantial losses in future periods, which could further reduce our net asset value and have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio.

 

Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we may make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments, in order to: (i) increase or maintain in whole or in part our ownership percentage; (ii) exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or (iii) attempt to preserve or enhance the value of our investment. We may elect not to make follow-on investments or otherwise lack sufficient funds to make those investments. We will have the discretion to make any follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources. The failure to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our concentration of risk, either because we prefer other opportunities or because we are subject to BDC requirements that would prevent such follow-on investments, or the desire to maintain our RIC tax status.

 

Because we generally do not hold controlling equity interests in our portfolio companies, we may not be in a position to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.

 

Although we may do so in the future, we do not currently hold controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and that the management and/or stockholders of a portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity of the investments that we typically hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company and may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.

 

Prepayments of our debt investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and reduce our return on equity.

 

We are subject to the risk that the investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. When this occurs, we will generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending their future investment in new portfolio companies. These temporary investments will typically have substantially

 

22

---

Table of Contents

lower yields than the debt being prepaid and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. Any future investment in a new portfolio company may also be at lower yields than the debt that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elect to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments could negatively impact our return on equity, which could result in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

 

We may choose to waive or defer enforcement of covenants in the debt securities held in our portfolio, which may cause us to lose all or part of our investment in these companies.

 

We structure the debt investments in our portfolio companies to include business and financial covenants placing affirmative and negative obligations on the operation of the company’s business and its financial condition. However, from time to time we may elect to waive breaches of these covenants, including our right to payment, or waive or defer enforcement of remedies, such as acceleration of obligations or foreclosure on collateral, depending upon the financial condition and prospects of the particular portfolio company. These actions may reduce the likelihood of our receiving the full amount of future payments of interest or principal and be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of the underlying collateral as many of these companies may have limited financial resources, may be unable to meet future obligations and may go bankrupt. This could negatively impact our ability to pay dividends, could adversely affect our results of operation and financial condition and cause the loss of all or part of your investment.

 

Our loans could be subject to equitable subordination by a court which would increase our risk of loss with respect to such loans.

 

Courts may apply the doctrine of equitable subordination to subordinate the claim or lien of a lender against a borrower to claims or liens of other creditors of the borrower, when the lender or its affiliates is found to have engaged in unfair, inequitable or fraudulent conduct. The courts have also applied the doctrine of equitable subordination when a lender or its affiliates is found to have exerted inappropriate control over a client, including control resulting from the ownership of equity interests in a client. Payments on one or more of our loans, particularly a loan to a client in which we may also hold an equity interest, may be subject to claims of equitable subordination. If we were deemed to have the ability to control or otherwise exercise influence over the business and affairs of one or more of our portfolio companies resulting in economic hardship to other creditors of that company, this control or influence may constitute grounds for equitable subordination and a court may treat one or more of our loans as if it were unsecured or common equity in the portfolio company. In that case, if the portfolio company were to liquidate, we would be entitled to repayment of our loan on a pro-rata basis with other unsecured debt or, if the effect of subordination was to place us at the level of common equity, then on an equal basis with other holders of the portfolio company’s common equity only after all of its obligations relating to its debt and preferred securities had been satisfied.

 

An investment strategy focused primarily on privately held companies presents certain challenges, including the lack of available information about these companies, a dependence on the talents and efforts of only a few key portfolio company personnel and a greater vulnerability to economic downturns.

 

We invest primarily in privately held companies. Generally, little public information exists about these companies, and we are required to rely on the ability of Solar Capital Partners’ investment professionals to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns from investing in these companies. If we will be unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments. Also, privately held companies frequently have less diverse product lines and smaller market presence than larger competitors. These factors could adversely affect our investment returns as compared to companies investing primarily in the securities of public companies.

 

23

---

Table of Contents

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, some of our investments in such companies.

 

We invest primarily in senior secured loans, including unitranche, second lien, as well as unsecured debt instruments issued by our portfolio companies. If we invest in unitranche, second lien, or unsecured debt instruments, our portfolio companies typically may be permitted to incur other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, such debt instruments. By their terms, such debt instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the debt securities in which we will invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. In such cases, after repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt securities in which we invest, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company. Any such limitations on the ability of our portfolio companies to make principal or interest payments to us, if at all, may reduce our net asset value and have a negative material adverse impact to our business, financial condition and results of operation.

 

Our investments in foreign securities may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

 

Our investment strategy contemplates potential investments in debt securities of foreign companies. Investing in foreign companies may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social instability, expropriation, imposition of foreign taxes, less liquid markets and less available information than is generally the case in the United States, higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility.

 

Although most of our investments will be U.S. dollar-denominated, any investments denominated in a foreign currency will be subject to the risk that the value of a particular currency will change in relation to one or more other currencies. Among the factors that may affect currency values are trade balances, the level of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation, and political developments. We may employ hedging techniques to minimize these risks, but we can offer no assurance that we will, in fact, hedge currency risk, or that if we do, such strategies will be effective.

 

We may expose ourselves to risks if we engage in hedging transactions.

 

If we engage in hedging transactions, we may expose ourselves to risks associated with such transactions. We may utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates. Hedging against a decline in the values of our portfolio positions does not eliminate the possibility of fluctuations in the values of such positions or prevent losses if the values of such positions decline. However, such hedging can establish other positions designed to gain from those same developments, thereby offsetting the decline in the value of such portfolio positions. Such hedging transactions may also limit the opportunity for gain if the values of the underlying portfolio positions should increase. It may not be possible to hedge against an exchange rate or interest rate fluctuation that is so generally anticipated that we are not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an acceptable price. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and

 

24

---

Table of Contents

expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations. To the extent we engage in hedging transactions, we also face the risk that counterparties to the derivative instruments we hold may default, which may expose us to unexpected losses from positions where we believed that our risk had been appropriately hedged.

 

Our investment adviser may not be able to achieve the same or similar returns as those achieved by our senior investment professionals while they were employed at prior positions.

 

Although in the past Mr. Gross held senior positions at a number of investment firms, including Solar Capital, Apollo Investment Corporation and Apollo Management, L.P., Mr. Gross’ track record and achievements are not necessarily indicative of future results that will be achieved by our investment adviser. In his role at such other firms, Mr. Gross was part of an investment team, and he was not solely responsible for generating investment ideas. In addition, such investment teams arrived at investment decisions by consensus.

 

Risks Relating to an Investment in Our Securities

 

Our shares may trade at a substantial discount from net asset value and may continue to do so over the long term.

 

Shares of closed-end investment companies have frequently traded at a market price that is less than the net asset value that is attributable to those shares. The possibility that our shares of common stock will trade at a substantial discount from net asset value over the long term is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value will decrease. We cannot predict whether shares of our common stock will trade above, at or below our net asset value. If our common stock trades below its net asset value, we will generally not be able to issue additional shares or sell our common stock, not exceeding 25% of our then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such offering, at its market price without first obtaining the approval for such issuance from our stockholders and our independent directors. At our 2012 Annual Stockholders Meeting, our stockholders approved our ability to sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock, not exceeding 25% of our then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such offering, at a price or prices below the then current net asset value per share, in each case subject to the approval of our board of directors and compliance with the conditions set forth in the proxy statement pertaining thereto, during a period beginning on May 3, 2012 and expiring on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the date of the 2012 Annual Stockholders Meeting and the date of our 2013 Annual Stockholders Meeting, which will be held on April 30, 2013. However, notwithstanding such stockholder approval, since our initial public offering on February 24, 2011, we have not sold any shares of our common stock at a price below our then current net asset value per share. At our 2013 Annual Stockholders Meeting, we have sought the re-approval of our stockholders to provide us with the ability to sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock, not exceeding 25% of our then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such offering, at a price or prices below the then current net asset value per share, in each case subject to the approval of our board of directors and compliance with the conditions set forth in the proxy statement pertaining thereto. If additional funds are not available to us, we could be forced to curtail or cease our new lending and investment activities, and our net asset value could decrease and our level of distributions could be impacted.

 

Our common stock price may be volatile and may decrease substantially.

 

The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially. The price of our common stock that will prevail in the market may be higher or lower than the price you pay, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

•

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

•

investor demand for our shares;

 

25

---

Table of Contents

•

significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of BDCs or other companies in our sector, which are not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies;

 

•

changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines with respect to RICs or BDCs;

 

•

failure to qualify as a RIC, or the loss of RIC status;

 

•

any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;

 

•

changes, or perceived changes, in the value of our portfolio investments;

 

•

departures of Solar Capital Partners’ key personnel;

 

•

operating performance of companies comparable to us; or

 

•

general economic conditions and trends and other external factors.

 

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Due to the potential volatility of our stock price once a market for our stock is established, we may become the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

 

There is a risk that our stockholders may not receive distributions or that our distributions may not grow over time.

 

We intend to make distributions on a monthly basis to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. As a RIC, if we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we will suffer adverse tax consequences, including failure to obtain, or possible loss of, the federal income tax benefits allowable to RICs. We cannot assure you that you will receive distributions at a particular level or at all.

 

We may choose to pay dividends in our own common stock, in which case our stockholders may be required to pay federal income taxes in excess of the cash dividends they receive.

 

We may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in cash or shares of our common stock at the election of each stockholder. Under certain applicable provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations, distributions payable in cash or in shares of stock at the election of stockholders are treated as taxable dividends. The Internal Revenue Service has issued private rulings indicating that this rule will apply even where the total amount of cash that may be distributed is limited to no more than 20% of the total distribution. Under these rulings, if too many stockholders elect to receive their distributions in cash, each such stockholder would receive a pro rata share of the total cash to be distributed and would receive the remainder of their distribution in shares of stock. If we decide to make any distributions consistent with these rulings that are payable in part in our stock, taxable stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend (whether received in cash, our stock, or a combination thereof) as ordinary income (or as long-term capital gain to the extent such distribution is properly reported as a capital gain dividend) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for United States federal income tax purposes. As a result, a U.S. stockholder may be required to pay tax with respect to such dividends in excess of any cash received. If a U.S. stockholder sells the stock it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in stock. In addition, if a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our stock in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, it may put downward pressure on the trading price of our stock. For a more detailed discussion, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

26

---

Table of Contents

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

 

The 500,000 shares that were issued to Solar Senior Capital Investors LLC in the Concurrent Private Placement pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) under the Securities Act were subject to a 180 day lock-up period. Upon expiration of this lock-up period, such shares became generally freely tradable in the public market, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the availability of such common stock for sale, could adversely affect the prevailing market prices for our common stock. If this occurs and continues, it could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of securities should we desire to do so.

 

We have also committed to file a registration statement to register the resale of the shares of common stock that were issued in the Concurrent Private Placement to Solar Senior Capital Investors LLC within 60 days of receiving a request from Solar Senior Capital Investors LLC to do so. We have committed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to obtain effectiveness of such registration statement as soon as reasonably practicable after the filing of such registration statement. Assuming effectiveness of such registration statement, Solar Senior Capital Investors LLC will generally be able to resell its shares of common stock without restriction.

 

We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds of any offering made pursuant to this prospectus, to the extent it is successful.

 

We will have significant flexibility in applying the proceeds of any offering made pursuant to this prospectus. We will also pay operating expenses, and may pay other expenses such as due diligence expenses of potential new investments, from net proceeds. Our ability to achieve our investment objective may be limited to the extent that the net proceeds of the offering, pending full investment, are used to pay operating expenses. In addition, we can provide you no assurance that the current offering will be successful, or that by increasing the size of our available equity capital our aggregate expenses, and correspondingly, our expense ratio, will be lowered.

 

The net asset value per share of our common stock may be diluted if we sell shares of our common stock in one or more offerings at prices below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock.

 

At our 2012 Annual Stockholders Meeting, our stockholders approved our ability to sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock, not exceeding 25% of our then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such offering, at a price or prices below the then current net asset value per share, in each case subject to the approval of our board of directors and compliance with the conditions set forth in the proxy statement pertaining thereto, during a period beginning on May 3, 2012 and expiring on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the date of the 2012 Annual Stockholders Meeting and the date of our 2013 Annual Stockholders Meeting, which will be held on April 30, 2013. However, notwithstanding such stockholder approval, since our initial public offering on February 24, 2011, we have not sold any shares of our common stock at a price below our then current net asset value per share. At our 2013 Annual Stockholders Meeting, we have sought the re-approval of our stockholders to provide us with the ability to sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock, not exceeding 25% of our then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such offering, at a price or prices below the then current net asset value per share, in each case subject to the approval of our board of directors and compliance with the conditions set forth in the proxy statement pertaining thereto.

 

To the extent we receive the necessary stockholder approval, any decision to sell shares of our common stock below its then current net asset value per share would be subject to the determination by our board of directors that such issuance is in our and our stockholders’ best interests.

 

To the extent we receive the necessary stockholder approval, if we were to sell shares of our common stock below its then current net asset value per share, such sales would result in an immediate dilution to the net asset value per share of our common stock. This dilution would occur as a result of the sale of shares at a price below

 

27

---

Table of Contents

the then current net asset value per share of our common stock and a proportionately greater decrease in the stockholders’ interest in our earnings and assets and their voting interest in us than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance. Because the number of shares of common stock that could be so issued and the timing of any issuance is not currently known, the actual dilutive effect cannot be predicted.

 

Further, if our current stockholders do not purchase any shares to maintain their percentage interest, regardless of whether such offering is above or below the then current net asset value per share, their voting power will be diluted. For example, if we sell an additional 10% of our common shares at a 5% discount from net asset value, a stockholder who does not participate in that offering for its proportionate interest will suffer net asset value dilution of up to 0.5% or $5 per $1000 of net asset value. For additional information and hypothetical examples of these risks, see “Sale of Common Stock Below Net Asset Value” and the prospectus supplement pursuant to which such sale is made.

 

Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure

 

We are dependent upon Solar Capital Partners’ key personnel for our future success.

 

We depend on the diligence, skill and network of business contacts of Messrs. Gross and Spohler, who serve as the managing member and a partner of Solar Capital Partners, respectively, and who lead Solar Capital Partners’ investment team. Messrs. Gross and Spohler, together with the other dedicated investment professionals available to Solar Capital Partners, evaluate, negotiate, structure, close and monitor our investments. Our future success will depend on the continued service of Messrs. Gross and Spohler and the other investment professionals available to Solar Capital Partners. We cannot assure you that unforeseen business, medical, personal or other circumstances would not lead any such individual to terminate his relationship with us. The loss of Mr. Gross or Mr. Spohler, or any of the other senior investment professionals who serve on Solar Capital Partners’ investment team, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective as well as on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we can offer no assurance that Solar Capital Partners will remain our investment adviser.

 

The senior investment professionals of Solar Capital Partners are and may in the future become affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us, and may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time. We expect that Messrs. Gross and Spohler will dedicate a significant portion of their time to the activities of Solar Senior Capital; however, they may be engaged in other business activities which could divert their time and attention in the future. Specifically, each of Messrs. Gross and Spohler serve as chief executive officer and chief operating officer, respectively, of Solar Capital.

 

Our business model depends to a significant extent upon strong referral relationships with financial sponsors, and the inability of the senior investment professionals of our investment adviser to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

 

We expect that the principals of our investment adviser will maintain and develop their relationships with financial sponsors, and we will rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If the senior investment professionals of our investment adviser fail to maintain their existing relationships or to develop new relationships with other sponsors or sources of investment opportunities, we will not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the senior investment professionals of our investment adviser have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.

 

A disruption in the capital markets and the credit markets could negatively affect our business.

 

As a BDC, we have to maintain our ability to raise additional capital for investment purposes. Without sufficient access to the capital markets or credit markets, we may be forced to curtail our business operations or

 

28

---

Table of Contents

we may not be able to pursue new business opportunities. Disruptive conditions in the financial industry and the impact of new legislation in response to those conditions could restrict our business operations and could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

 

If the fair value of our assets declines substantially, we may fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios imposed upon us by the 1940 Act and the Credit Facility. Any such failure could result in an event of default and all of our debt being declared immediately due and payable and would affect our ability to issue senior securities, including borrowings, and pay dividends, which could materially impair our business operations. Our liquidity could be impaired further by an inability to access the capital markets or to draw on the Credit Facility. For example, we cannot be certain that we will be able to renew the Credit Facility as it matures or to consummate new borrowing facilities to provide capital for normal operations, including new originations. Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers. This market turmoil and tightening of credit have led to increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity generally.

 

If we are unable to renew or replace the Credit Facility and consummate new facilities on commercially reasonable terms, our liquidity will be reduced significantly. If we consummate new facilities but are then unable to repay amounts outstanding under such facilities, and are declared in default or are unable to renew or refinance these facilities, we would not be able to initiate significant originations or to operate our business in the normal course. These situations may arise due to circumstances that we may be unable to control, such as inaccessibility to the credit markets, a severe decline in the value of the U.S. dollar, a further economic downturn or an operational problem that affects third parties or us, and could materially damage our business. Moreover, we are unable to predict when economic and market conditions may become more favorable. Even if such conditions improve broadly and significantly over the long term, adverse conditions in particular sectors of the financial markets could adversely impact our business.

 

Our financial condition and results of operations will depend on our ability to manage future growth effectively.

 

Our ability to achieve our investment objective and to grow depends on Solar Capital Partners’ ability to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria.

 

Accomplishing this result on a cost-effective basis is largely a function of Solar Capital Partners’ structuring of the investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us and its ability to access financing for us on acceptable terms. The investment team of Solar Capital Partners has substantial responsibilities under the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, and they may also be called upon to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies as the principals of our administrator. In addition, the members of Solar Capital Partners’ investment team have similar responsibilities with respect to the management of Solar Capital’s investment portfolio. Such demands on their time may distract them or slow our rate of investment. In order to grow, we and Solar Capital Partners will need to retain, train, supervise and manage new investment professionals. However, we can offer no assurance that any such investment professionals will contribute effectively to the work of the investment adviser. Any failure to manage our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may need to raise additional capital to grow because we must distribute most of our income.

 

We may need additional capital to fund growth in our investments. We expect to issue equity securities and expect to borrow from financial institutions in the future. A reduction in the availability of new capital could limit our ability to grow. We must distribute at least 90% of our investment company taxable income to our stockholders to maintain our regulated investment company status. As a result, any such cash earnings may not be available to fund investment originations. We expect to borrow from financial institutions and issue additional debt and equity securities. If we fail to obtain funds from such sources or from other sources to fund our investments, it could limit our ability to grow, which may have an adverse effect on the value of our securities. In

 

29

---

Table of Contents

addition, as a BDC, our ability to borrow or issue preferred stock may be restricted if our total assets are less than 200% of our total borrowings and preferred stock.

 

Any failure on our part to maintain our status as a BDC would reduce our operating flexibility and we may be limited in our investment choices as a BDC.

 

The 1940 Act imposes numerous constraints on the operations of BDCs. For example, BDCs are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets in specified types of securities, primarily in private companies or thinly-traded U.S. public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. Furthermore, any failure to comply with the requirements imposed on BDCs by the 1940 Act could cause the SEC to bring an enforcement action against us and/or expose us to claims of private litigants. In addition, upon approval of a majority of our stockholders, we may elect to withdraw our status as a BDC. If we decide to withdraw our election, or if we otherwise fail to qualify, or maintain our qualification, as a BDC, we may be subject to the substantially greater regulation under the 1940 Act as a closed-end investment company. Compliance with such regulations would significantly decrease our operating flexibility, and could significantly increase our costs of doing business.

 

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to, and the way in which we will, raise additional capital. As a BDC, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.

 

In order to satisfy the tax requirements applicable to a RIC, to avoid payment of excise taxes and to minimize or avoid payment of income taxes, we intend to distribute to our stockholders substantially all of our ordinary income and realized net capital gains except for certain realized net long-term capital gains, which we may retain, pay applicable income taxes with respect thereto and elect to treat as deemed distributions to our stockholders. We may issue debt securities or preferred stock and/or borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted, as a BDC, to issue senior securities in amounts such that our asset coverage ratio, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% of gross assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous. Also, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness would not be available for distributions to our common stockholders. Furthermore, as a result of issuing senior securities, we would also be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss.

 

As of December 31, 2012, we had $39.1 million outstanding under the Credit Facility. If we issue preferred stock, the preferred stock would rank “senior” to common stock in our capital structure, preferred stockholders would have separate voting rights on certain matters and might have other rights, preferences, or privileges more favorable than those of our common stockholders, and the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in your best interest.

 

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value per share of our common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in the best interests of Solar Senior Capital and its stockholders, and our stockholders approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). If we raise additional funds by issuing more common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, then the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time will decrease, and you might experience dilution. This dilution would occur as a result

 

30

---

Table of Contents

of a proportionately greater decrease in a stockholder’s interest in our earnings and assets and voting interest in us than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance. Because the number of future shares of common stock that may be issued below our net asset value per share and the price and timing of such issuances are not currently known, we cannot predict the actual dilutive effect of any such issuance. We cannot determine the resulting reduction in our net asset value per share of any such issuance. We also cannot predict whether shares of our common stock will trade above, at or below our net asset value.

 

At our 2012 Annual Stockholders Meeting, our stockholders approved our ability to sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock, not exceeding 25% of our then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such offering, at a price or prices below the then current net asset value per share, in each case subject to the approval of our board of directors and compliance with the conditions set forth in the proxy statement pertaining thereto, during a period beginning on May 3, 2012 and expiring on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the date of the 2012 Annual Stockholders Meeting and the date of our 2013 Annual Stockholders Meeting, which will be held on April 30, 2013. However, notwithstanding such stockholder approval, since our initial public offering on February 24, 2011, we have not sold any shares of our common stock at a price below our then current net asset value per share. At our 2013 Annual Stockholders Meeting, we have sought the re-approval of our stockholders to provide us with the ability to sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock, not exceeding 25% of our then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such offering, at a price or prices below the then current net asset value per share, in each case subject to the approval of our board of directors and compliance with the conditions set forth in the proxy statement pertaining thereto.

 

Our stockholders may experience dilution in their ownership percentage if they do not participate in our dividend reinvestment plan.

 

All dividends declared in cash payable to stockholders that are participants in our dividend reinvestment plan are generally automatically reinvested in shares of our common stock. As a result, stockholders that do not participate in the dividend reinvestment plan may experience dilution over time. Stockholders who do not elect to receive dividends in shares of common stock may experience accretion to the net asset value of their shares if our shares are trading at a premium and dilution if our shares are trading at a discount. The level of accretion or discount would depend on various factors, including the proportion of our stockholders who participate in the plan, the level of premium or discount at which our shares are trading and the amount of the dividend payable to a stockholder.

 

We may borrow money, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us.

 

The use of leverage magnifies the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and, therefore, increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. As of December 31, 2012, we had $39.1 million outstanding under the Credit Facility. We may borrow from and/or issue senior debt securities to banks, insurance companies and other lenders in the future. Lenders of these senior securities, including the Credit Facility, will have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our common stockholders, and we would expect such lenders to seek recovery against our assets in the event of a default. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Similarly, any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could also negatively affect our ability to make dividend payments on our common stock. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. Our ability to service any debt that we incur will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. Moreover, as the management fee payable to our investment adviser, Solar Capital Partners, will be payable based on our gross assets, including those assets acquired through the use of leverage, Solar Capital Partners will have a financial incentive to incur leverage which may not be consistent with our stockholders’ interests. In addition, our common stockholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of leverage, including any increase in the management fee payable to Solar Capital Partners.

 

31

---

Table of Contents

As a BDC, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred stock that we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. Additionally, the Credit Facility requires us to comply with certain financial and other restriction covenants, including maintaining an asset coverage ratio of at least 200% at any time. Failure to maintain compliance with these covenants could result in an event of default and all of our debt being declared immediately due and payable. If this ratio declines below 200%, we may not be able to incur additional debt and could be required by law to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to make distributions. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on our investment adviser’s and our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us.

 

In addition, the Credit Facility imposes, and any other debt facility into which we may enter would likely impose financial and operating covenants that restrict our business activities, including limitations that could hinder our ability to finance additional loans and investments or to make the distributions required to maintain our status as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

 

The debt securities that we may issue will be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility. We, and indirectly our stockholders, bear the cost of issuing and servicing such debt securities. Any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common stock.

 

Illustration.    The following table illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our Company assuming various annual returns on our total assets, net of interest expense. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical and actual returns may be higher or lower than those appearing in the table below.

 

		Assumed total return (net of interest expense)
			(10)%				(5)%				0%				5%				10	%
Corresponding return to stockholder(1)			(13.0)%				(6.8)%				(0.6)%				5.7%				11.9	%

 

(1)

Assumes $217.0 million in total assets and $39.1 million in total debt outstanding, which reflects our total assets and total debt outstanding as of December 31, 2012, and a debt cost of funds of 2.5%. Excludes non-leverage related expenses.

 

It is likely that the terms of any current or future long-term or revolving credit or warehouse facility we may enter into in the future could constrain our ability to grow our business.

 

Under our borrowings and the Credit Facility, current lenders have, and any future lender or lenders may have, fixed dollar claims on our assets that are senior to the claims of our stockholders and, thus, will have a preference over our stockholders with respect to our assets in the collateral pool. The Credit Facility and borrowings also subject us to various financial and operating covenants, including, but not limited to, maintaining certain financial ratios and minimum tangible net worth amounts. Future credit facilities and borrowings will likely subject us to similar or additional covenants. In addition, we may grant a securities interest in our assets in connection with any such credit facilities and borrowings.

 

The Credit Facility contains customary default provisions such as a minimum net worth amount, a profitability test, and a restriction on changing our business and loan quality standards. In addition, the Credit Facility requires the repayment of all outstanding debt on the maturity which may disrupt our business and potentially the business of our portfolio companies that are financed through the credit facility. An event of Default under the Credit Facility would likely result, among other things, in termination of the availability of further funds under the Credit Facility and accelerated maturity dates for all amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility, which would likely disrupt our business and, potentially, the business of the portfolio companies

 

32

---

Table of Contents

whose loans we finance through the Credit Facility. This could reduce our revenues and, by delaying any cash payment allowed to us under our the Credit Facility until the lender has been paid in full, reduce our liquidity and cash flow and impair our ability to grow our business and maintain our status as a RIC.

 

The terms of future available financing may place limits on our financial and operation flexibility. If we are unable to obtain sufficient capital in the future, we may be forced to reduce or discontinue our operations, not be able to make new investments, or otherwise respond to changing business conditions or competitive pressures.

 

To the extent we use debt or preferred stock to finance our investments, changes in interest rates will affect our cost of capital and net investment income.

 

To the extent we borrow money, or issue preferred stock, to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds or pay dividends on preferred stock and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income in the event we use debt to finance our investments. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, except to the extent we issue fixed rate debt or preferred stock, which could reduce our net investment income. We expect that our long-term fixed-rate investments will be financed primarily with equity and long-term debt. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Such techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

 

You should also be aware that a rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates may make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee hurdle rate and may result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to our investment adviser with respect to our pre-incentive fee net investment income.

 

We may in the future determine to fund a portion of our investments with preferred stock, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss and the risks of investing in us in the same way as our borrowings.

 

Preferred stock, which is another form of leverage, has the same risks to our common stockholders as borrowings because the dividends on any preferred stock we issue must be cumulative. Payment of such dividends and repayment of the liquidation preference of such preferred stock must take preference over any dividends or other payments to our common stockholders, and preferred stockholders are not subject to any of our expenses or losses and are not entitled to participate in any income or appreciation in excess of their stated preference.

 

Pending legislation may allow us to incur additional leverage.

 

As a business development company, under the 1940 Act generally we are not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our total assets). Recent legislation introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives, if passed, would modify this section of the 1940 Act and increase the amount of debt that business development companies may incur by modifying the percentage from 200% to 150%. As a result, we may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future and therefore your risk of an investment in us may increase.

 

There will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

 

A large percentage of our portfolio investments are in the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable. We value these securities and the Credit Facility on a quarterly basis in accordance with our valuation policy, which is at all times consistent with U.S. generally accepted accounting policies (“GAAP”). Our board of directors utilizes the services of third-party valuation firms to aid it in determining the fair value of these securities and the

 

33

---

Table of Contents

Credit Facility. The board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value in good faith based on the input of our investment adviser and the respective third-party valuation firms. The factors that may be considered in fair value pricing our investments include the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons to publicly traded companies, discounted cash flow and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these securities existed. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such securities.

 

Our quarterly and annual operating results are subject to fluctuation as a result of the nature of our business, and if we fail to achieve our investment objective, the net asset value of our common stock may decline.

 

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results due to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to, the interest rate payable on the debt securities that we acquire, the default rate on such securities, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, changes in our portfolio composition, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets, market volatility in our publicly traded securities and the securities of our portfolio companies, and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods. In addition, any of these factors could negatively impact our ability to achieve our investment objectives, which may cause our net asset value of our common stock to decline.

 

Our investments may be in portfolio companies which may have limited operating histories and financial resources.

 

Our portfolio companies compete with larger, more established companies with greater access to, and resources for, further development in new technologies. We also expect that our portfolio will continue to consist of investments that may have relatively limited operating histories. These companies may be particularly vulnerable to U.S. and foreign economic downturns such as the current recession and European financial crisis, may have more limited access to capital and higher funding costs, may have a weaker financial position and may need more capital to expand or compete. These businesses also may experience substantial variations in operating results. They may face intense competition, including from companies with greater financial, technical and marketing resources. Furthermore, some of these companies do business in regulated industries and could be affected by changes in government regulation. Accordingly, these factors could impair their cash flow or result in other events, such as bankruptcy, which could limit their ability to repay their obligations to us, and may adversely affect the return on, or the recovery of, our investment in these companies. We cannot assure you that any of our investments in our portfolio companies will be successful. Therefore, we may lose our entire investment in any or all of our portfolio companies.

 

There are significant potential conflicts of interest, including Solar Capital Partners’ management of Solar Capital, which could impact our investment returns; you will not be purchasing an investment in Solar Capital.

 

Our executive officers and directors, as well as the current and future partners of our investment adviser, Solar Capital Partners, may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do. Currently, the executive officers and directors, as well as the current partners of our investment adviser, Solar Capital Partners, serve as officers and directors of Solar Capital, a publicly-traded BDC. Accordingly, they may have obligations to investors in those entities, including to investors of Solar Capital, the fulfillment of which obligations might not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. In

 

34

---

Table of Contents

addition, we note that any affiliate currently existing, or formed in the future, and managed by our investment adviser or any of its affiliates may, notwithstanding different stated investment objectives, have overlapping investment objectives with our own and, accordingly, may invest in asset classes similar to those targeted by us. As a result, Solar Capital Partners may face conflicts in allocating investment opportunities between us and such other entities. Although Solar Capital Partners will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner, it is possible that, in the future, we may not be given the opportunity to participate in investments made by investment funds managed by our investment adviser or an investment manager affiliated with our investment adviser. In any such case, when Solar Capital Partners identifies an investment, it will be forced to choose which investment fund should make the investment.

 

We may co-invest on a concurrent basis with Solar Capital, and any other affiliates that our investment adviser has or forms in the future, subject to compliance with applicable regulations and regulatory guidance and our allocation procedures. In certain circumstances, negotiated co-investments may be made only if we receive an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. There can be no assurance that any such order will be obtained.

 

In the course of our investing activities, we pay management and incentive fees to Solar Capital Partners and reimburse Solar Capital Partners for certain expenses it incurs. As a result, investors in our common stock will invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, resulting in a lower rate of return than an investor might achieve through direct investments. Accordingly, there may be times when the management team of Solar Capital Partners has interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict.

 

We have entered into a royalty-free license agreement with our investment adviser, pursuant to which our investment adviser has granted us a non-exclusive license to use the name “Solar Senior Capital.” Under the License Agreement, we have the right to use the “Solar Senior Capital” name for so long as Solar Capital Partners or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. In addition, we pay Solar Capital Management, an affiliate of Solar Capital Partners, our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by Solar Capital Management in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and our allocable portion of the compensation of our chief financial officer and any administrative support staff. These arrangements create conflicts of interest that our board of directors must monitor.

 

We may be obligated to pay our investment adviser incentive compensation even if we incur a loss.

 

Our investment adviser will be entitled to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter in an amount equal to a percentage of the excess of our pre-incentive fee net investment income for that quarter (before deducting incentive compensation) above a performance threshold for that quarter. Accordingly, since the performance threshold is based on a percentage of our net asset value, decreases in our net asset value make it easier to achieve the performance threshold. Our pre-incentive fee net investment income for incentive compensation purposes excludes realized and unrealized capital losses or depreciation that we may incur in the fiscal quarter, even if such capital losses or depreciation result in a net loss on our statement of operations for that quarter. Thus, we may be required to pay Solar Capital Partners incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or we incur a net loss for that quarter.

 

Our incentive fee may induce Solar Capital Partners to pursue speculative investments.

 

The incentive fee payable by us to Solar Capital Partners may create an incentive for Solar Capital Partners to pursue investments on our behalf that are riskier or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. The incentive fee payable to our investment adviser is calculated based on a percentage of our return on invested capital. This may encourage our investment adviser to use leverage to increase the return on our investments. Under certain circumstances, the use of leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which would impair the value of our common stock. In addition, the investment adviser

 

35

---

Table of Contents

receives the incentive fee based, in part, upon net capital gains realized on our investments. Unlike that portion of the incentive fee based on income, there is no hurdle rate applicable to the portion of the incentive fee based on net capital gains. As a result, the investment adviser may have a tendency to invest more capital in investments that are likely to result in capital gains as compared to income producing securities. Such a practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns.

 

The incentive fee payable by us to our investment adviser also may induce Solar Capital Partners to invest on our behalf in instruments that have a deferred interest feature, even if such deferred payments would not provide cash necessary to enable us to pay current distributions to our shareholders. Under these investments, we would accrue interest over the life of the investment but would not receive the cash income from the investment until the end of the term. Our net investment income used to calculate the income portion of our investment fee, however, includes accrued interest. Thus, a portion of this incentive fee would be based on income that we have not received in cash. In addition, the “catch-up” portion of the incentive fee may encourage Solar Capital Partners to accelerate or defer interest payable by portfolio companies from one calendar quarter to another, potentially resulting in fluctuations in timing and dividend amounts.

 

We may invest, to the extent permitted by law, in the securities and instruments of other investment companies, including private funds, and, to the extent we so invest, will bear our ratable share of any such investment company’s expenses, including management and performance fees. We will also remain obligated to pay management and incentive fees to Solar Capital Partners with respect to the assets invested in the securities and instruments of other investment companies. With respect to each of these investments, each of our stockholders will bear his or her share of the management and incentive fee of Solar Capital Partners as well as indirectly bearing the management and performance fees and other expenses of any investment companies in which we invest.

 

We will become subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to qualify and maintain our qualification as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.

 

Although we have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, no assurance can be given that we will continue to be able to qualify for and maintain RIC status. To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code, we must meet the following annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements.

 

•

The annual distribution requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if we distribute to our stockholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. Because we may use debt financing, we will be subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we could fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

 

•

The income source requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our income for each year from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities or similar sources.

 

•

The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. Failure to meet those requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private companies, and therefore will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

 

If we fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment for any reason and remain or become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us, the

 

36

---

Table of Contents

net asset value of our common stock and the total return, if any, obtainable from your investment in our common stock. Any net operating losses that we incur in periods during which we qualify as a RIC will not offset net capital gains (i.e., net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses) that we are otherwise required to distribute, and we cannot pass such net operating losses through to our stockholders. In addition, net operating losses that we carry over to a taxable year in which we qualify as a RIC normally cannot offset ordinary income or capital gains.

 

We may have difficulty satisfying the annual distribution requirement in order to qualify and maintain RIC status if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

 

In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and tax requirements, we include in income certain amounts that we have not received in cash, such as contractual payment-in-kind (PIK) interest, which represents contractual interest added to a loan balance and due at the end of such loan’s term. In addition to the cash yields received on our loans, in some instances, certain loans may also include any of the following: end-of-term payments, exit fees, balloon payment fees or prepayment fees. The increases in loan balances as a result of contractual PIK arrangements are included in income for the period in which such payment-in-kind interest was accrued, which is often in advance of receiving cash payment, and are separately identified on our statements of cash flows. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts prior to receiving the related cash.

 

Any warrants that we receive in connection with our debt investments will generally be valued as part of the negotiation process with the particular portfolio company. As a result, a portion of the aggregate purchase price for the debt investments and warrants will be allocated to the warrants that we receive. This will generally result in “original issue discount” for tax purposes, which we must recognize as ordinary income, increasing the amount that we are required to distribute to qualify for the federal income tax benefits applicable to RICs. Because these warrants generally will not produce distributable cash for us at the same time as we are required to make distributions in respect of the related original issue discount, we would need to obtain cash from other sources or to pay a portion of our distributions using shares of newly issued common stock, consistent with Internal Revenue Service requirements, to satisfy such distribution requirements.

 

Other features of the debt instruments that we hold may also cause such instruments to generate an original issue discount, resulting in a dividend distribution requirement in excess of current cash interest received. Since in certain cases we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the RIC tax requirement to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. Under such circumstances, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources and are otherwise unable to satisfy such distribution requirements, we may fail to qualify for the federal income tax benefits allowable to RICs and, thus, become subject to a corporate-level income tax on all our income. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

Our board of directors is authorized to reclassify any unissued shares of common stock into one or more classes of preferred stock, which could convey special rights and privileges to its owners.

 

Under the Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter, our board of directors is authorized to classify and reclassify any authorized but unissued shares of stock into one or more classes of stock, including preferred stock. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the board of directors is required by Maryland law and our charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest.

 

37

---

Table of Contents

The cost of any such reclassification would be borne by our existing common stockholders. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, holders of preferred stock would vote separately from the holders of common stock on a proposal to cease operations as a BDC. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that holders of preferred stock are entitled to vote separately from holders of common stock to elect two preferred stock directors. We currently have no plans to issue preferred stock. The issuance of preferred shares convertible into shares of common stock might also reduce the net income and net asset value per share of our common stock upon conversion, provided, that we will only be permitted to issue such convertible preferred stock to the extent we comply with the requirements of Section 61 of the 1940 Act, including obtaining common stockholder approval. These effects, among others, could have an adverse effect on your investment in our common stock.

 

Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and of our charter and bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

 

The Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws contain provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of Solar Senior Capital or the removal of our directors. We are subject to the Maryland Business Combination Act, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. Our board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting from the Maryland Business Combination Act any business combination between us and any other person, subject to prior approval of such business combination by our board, including approval by a majority of our disinterested directors. If the resolution exempting business combinations is repealed or our board does not approve a business combination, the Maryland Business Combination Act may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer. Our bylaws exempt from the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act acquisitions of our stock by any person. If we amend our bylaws to repeal the exemption from the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act, the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act also may make it more difficult for a third party to obtain control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such a transaction. However, we will amend our bylaws to be subject to the Maryland Control Share Act only if our board of directors determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Maryland Control Share Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act. The SEC staff has issued informal guidance setting forth its position that certain provisions of the Maryland Control Share Act would, if implemented, violate Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act.

 

We have also adopted measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our charter classifying our board of directors in three classes serving staggered three-year terms, and authorizing our board of directors to classify or reclassify shares of our stock in one or more classes or series, to cause the issuance of additional shares of our stock, to amend our charter without stockholder approval and to increase or decrease the number of shares of stock that we have authority to issue. These provisions, as well as other provisions of our charter and bylaws, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.

 

Our board of directors may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.

 

Our board of directors has the authority to modify or waive certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice (except as required by the 1940 Act) and without stockholder approval. However, absent stockholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results and value of our stock. Nevertheless, the effects may adversely affect our business and impact our ability to make distributions.

 

38

---

Table of Contents

Our business is subject to increasingly complex corporate governance, public disclosure and accounting requirements that could adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

We are subject to changing rules and regulations of federal and state government as well as the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed. These entities, including the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market, have issued a significant number of new and increasingly complex requirements and regulations over the course of the last several years and continue to develop additional regulations and requirements in response to laws enacted by Congress. On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was enacted. There are significant corporate governance-related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act, and the SEC has adopted additional rules and regulations that may impact us. Our efforts to comply with these requirements have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, an increase in expenses and a diversion of management’s time from other business activities.

 

Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business.

 

Changes in the laws or regulations, or the interpretations of the laws and regulations, which govern business development companies, RICs or non-depository commercial lenders could significantly affect our operations and our cost of doing business. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations and are subject to judicial and administrative decisions that affect our operations, including our loan originations, maximum interest rates, fees and other charges, disclosures to portfolio companies, the terms of secured transactions, collection and foreclosure procedures, and other trade practices. If these laws, regulations or decisions change, or if we expand our business into jurisdictions that have adopted more stringent requirements than those in which we currently conduct business, then we may have to incur significant expenses in order to comply or we may have to restrict our operations. In addition, if we do not comply with applicable laws, regulations and decisions, then we may lose licenses needed for the conduct of our business and be subject to civil fines and criminal penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect upon our business results of operations or financial condition.

 

Our investment adviser can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

 

Our investment adviser has the right, under the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, to resign at any time on 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If our investment adviser resigns, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by our investment adviser and its affiliates. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

 

39

---

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about Solar Senior Capital, our current and prospective portfolio investments, our industry, our beliefs, and our assumptions. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “would,” “should,” “targets,” “projects,” and variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

 

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus involve risks and uncertainties, including statements as to:

 

•

our future operating results;

 

•

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

•

the impact of investments that we expect to make;

 

•

our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

 

•

the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest;

 

•

the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

 

•

our expected financings and investments;

 

•

our breach of any of the covenants or other provisions in our debt agreements;

 

•

the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital; and

 

•

the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies.

 

These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements, including without limitation:

 

•

an economic downturn could impair our portfolio companies’ ability to continue to operate, which could lead to the loss of some or all of our investments in such portfolio companies;

 

•

a contraction of available credit and/or an inability to access the equity markets could impair our lending and investment activities;

 

•

interest rate volatility could adversely affect our results, particularly if we elect to use leverage as part of our investment strategy;

 

•

currency fluctuations could adversely affect the results of our investments in foreign companies, particularly to the extent that we receive payments denominated in foreign currency rather than U.S. dollars; and

 

•

the risks, uncertainties and other factors we identify in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus and in our filings with the SEC.

 

Although we believe that the assumptions on which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions also could be inaccurate. Important assumptions include our ability to originate new loans and investments, certain margins and levels of profitability and the availability of additional capital. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved. These risks and uncertainties include those described or identified in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this prospectus. However, we will update this prospectus to reflect any material changes to the information contained herein. The forward-looking statements and projections contained in this prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act.

 

40

---

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of our securities pursuant to this prospectus for general corporate purposes, which may include investing in debt or equity securities consistent with our investment objective, repayment of outstanding indebtedness, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes. We are continuously identifying, reviewing and, to the extent consistent with our investment objective, funding new investments. As a result, we typically raise capital as we deem appropriate to fund such new investments. The supplement to this prospectus relating to an offering will more fully identify the use of the proceeds from such offering.

 

We estimate that it will take three to six months for us to substantially invest the net proceeds of any offering made pursuant to this prospectus, depending on the availability of attractive opportunities and market conditions. However, we can offer no assurance that we will be able to achieve this goal. We expect that it may take more than three months to invest all of the proceeds of this offering, in part because investments in private companies often require substantial prior research and due diligence.

 

Pending these uses, we will invest such net proceeds primarily in cash, cash equivalents, and U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. The management fee payable by us to our investment adviser will not be reduced while our assets are invested in such securities.

 

41

---

Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SUNS”. The following table sets forth, for each fiscal quarter since our initial public offering on February 24, 2011, the net asset value (“NAV”) per share of our common stock, the high and low intraday sales prices for our common stock, such sales prices as a percentage of NAV per share and quarterly distributions per share.

 

		NAV(1)				Price Range								High Sales Price as a Percentage of NAV(2)				Low Sales Price as a Percentage of NAV(2)				Cash Distributions Per Share(3)
Fiscal 2013						High				Low
Second Quarter (through April 24, 2013)			*			$	19.30			$	18.26				*				*			$	0.1175
First Quarter			*				19.59				18.41				*				*				0.3525
Fiscal 2012
Fourth Quarter		$	18.33			$	18.90			$	16.68				3.1	%			(9.0	)%		$	0.3525
Third Quarter			18.60				18.53				16.58				(0.4	)			(10.9	)			0.3375
Second Quarter			18.54				17.31				15.57				(6.6	)			(16.0	)			0.30
First Quarter			18.45				17.43				15.39				(5.5	)			(16.6	)			0.30
Fiscal 2011
Fourth Quarter		$	18.15			$	16.58			$	13.50				(8.7	)%			(25.6	)%		$	0.27
Third Quarter			17.97				18.49				14.14				2.9				(21.3	)			0.23
Second Quarter			18.78				19.17				16.95				2.1				(9.7	)			0.05
First Quarter (from February 24, 2011 through March 31, 2011)			18.73				19.80				18.52				5.7				(1.1	)			—

 

(1)	Net asset value per share is determined as of the last day in the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the net asset value per share on the date of the high and low sales prices. The net asset values shown are based on outstanding shares at the end of each period.

(2)	Calculated as the respective high or low intraday sales price divided by NAV and subtracting 1.

(3)	Represents the cash distribution declared for the specified quarter.

*	Not determinable at the time of filing.

 

On April 24, 2013, the last reported sales price of our common stock was $18.91 per share. As of April 24, 2013, we had 5 shareholders of record.

 

Shares of business development companies may trade at a market price that is less than the value of the net assets attributable to those shares. The possibility that our shares of common stock will trade at a discount from net asset value or at premiums that are unsustainable over the long term are separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value will decrease. Since our initial public offering on February 24, 2011, our shares of common stock have traded at both a discount and a premium to the net assets attributable to those shares. As of April 24, 2013, our shares of common stock traded at a premium equal to approximately 3.16% of the net assets attributable to those shares based upon our net asset value as of December 31, 2012. It is not possible to predict whether the shares offered hereby will trade at, above, or below net asset value.

 

We intend to continue to distribute monthly dividends to our stockholders. Our monthly dividends, if any, will be determined by our board of directors.

 

We have elected to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To maintain our RIC status, we must distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, out of the assets legally available for distribution. In addition, although we currently intend to distribute realized net capital gains (i.e., net long-term capital gains in excess of short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually, out of the assets legally available for such distributions, we may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

 

We maintain an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a dividend, then stockholders’ cash dividends will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our

 

42

---

Table of Contents

common stock, unless they specifically “opt out” of the dividend reinvestment plan so as to receive cash dividends.

 

We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make dividends and distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these dividends and distributions from time to time. In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make dividends and distributions due to the asset coverage test for borrowings when applicable to us as a business development company under the 1940 Act and due to provisions in current and future credit facilities. If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we will suffer adverse tax consequences, including possible loss of our RIC status. We cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any dividends and distributions or dividends and distributions at a particular level.

 

All dividends declared in cash payable to stockholders that are participants in our dividend reinvestment plan are generally automatically reinvested in shares of our common stock. As a result, stockholders that do not participate in the dividend reinvestment plan may experience dilution over time. Stockholders who do not elect to receive dividends in shares of common stock may experience accretion to the net asset value of their shares if our shares are trading at a premium and dilution if our shares are trading at a discount. The level of accretion or discount would depend on various factors, including the proportion of our stockholders who participate in the plan, the level of premium or discount at which our shares are trading and the amount of the dividend payable to a stockholder.

 

The following table summarizes our dividends to stockholders:

 

Date Declared		Record Date		Payment Date		Amount
Fiscal 2013
April 8, 2013		April 25, 2013		May 1, 2013		$	0.1175
February 25, 2013		March 21, 2013		April 2, 2013			0.1175
February 5, 2013		February 21, 2013		March 1, 2013			0.1175
January 8, 2013		January 24, 2013		February 1, 2013			0.1175
Total (2013)						$	0.47
Fiscal 2012
December 6, 2012		December 20, 2012		January 3, 2013		$	0.1175
November 1, 2012		November 22, 2012		December 4, 2012			0.1175
October 4, 2012		October 25, 2012		November 2, 2012			0.1175
September 11, 2012		September 20, 2012		October 2, 2012			0.1175
July 31, 2012		August 23, 2012		September 5, 2012			0.115
July 9, 2012		July 19, 2012		August 2, 2012			0.105
June 11, 2012		June 21, 2012		July 2, 2012			0.10
May 1, 2012		May 18, 2012		June 4, 2012			0.10
April 5, 2012		April 18, 2012		May 2, 2012			0.10
February 22, 2012		March 20, 2012		April 3, 2012			0.10
February 3, 2012		February 17, 2012		March 2, 2012			0.10
January 6, 2012		January 19, 2012		February 2, 2012			0.10
Total (2012)						$	1.29
Fiscal 2011
December 6, 2011		December 15, 2011		December 29, 2011		$	0.10
November 1, 2011		November 18, 2011		December 2, 2011			0.09
October 7, 2011		October 19, 2011		November 2, 2011			0.08
September 12, 2011		September 20, 2011		October 4, 2011			0.08
August 2, 2011		August 19, 2011		September 2, 2011			0.08
July 7, 2011		July 18, 2011		August 1, 2011			0.07
June 6, 2011		June 16, 2011		June 30, 2011			0.05
Total (2011)						$	0.55

 

43

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with the Selected Financial and Other Data and our Financial Statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Overview

 

Solar Senior Capital Ltd., a Maryland corporation formed in December 2010, is a closed-end, externally managed, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

 

On February 24, 2011, we priced our IPO, selling 9.0 million shares, including the underwriters’ over-allotment, at a price of $20.00 per share. Concurrent with this offering, management purchased an additional 500,000 shares through a Concurrent Private Placement, also at $20.00 per share.

 

On August 26, 2011, we established the $200 million Credit Facility with Citigroup Global Markets Inc. acting as administrative agent. In connection with the Credit Facility, our wholly-owned subsidiary, SUNS SPV LLC was formed. The Credit Facility has $150 million currently available with an additional $50 million available as a delayed draw. It can also be expanded up to $600 million. The Credit Facility is secured by all of the assets held by the SPV. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, Solar Senior Capital and the SPV, as applicable, have made certain customary representations and warranties, and are required to comply with various covenants, including leverage restrictions, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar credit facilities. The Credit Facility also includes usual and customary events of default for credit facilities of this nature. On November 7, 2012, we amended the Credit Facility. As a result of the amendment, the stated interest rate on the Credit Facility was reduced to LIBOR plus 2.00% from LIBOR plus 2.25%, and the Credit Facility continues to have no LIBOR floor requirement. In addition, the amendment reduced certain non-usage fees. The amendment also provided us greater flexibility and extended the final maturity date to November 6, 2017.

 

We invest primarily in U.S. middle market companies, where we believe the supply of primary capital is limited and the investment opportunities are most attractive. Our investment objective is to seek to maximize current income consistent with the preservation of capital. We seek to achieve our investment objective by investing primarily in senior loans, including first lien, uni-tranche, and second lien debt instruments, made to private middle-market companies whose debt is rated below investment grade, which we refer to collectively as “senior loans.” We may also invest in debt of public companies that are thinly traded. Under normal market conditions, at least 80% of the value of our net assets (including the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) will be invested in senior loans. Senior loans typically pay interest at rates which are determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate, primarily LIBOR, plus a premium. Senior loans in which we expect to invest are typically made to U.S. and, to a limited extent, non-U.S. corporations, partnerships and other business entities which operate in various industries and geographical regions. Senior loans typically are rated below investment grade. Securities rated below investment grade are often referred to as “leveraged loans” or “high yield” securities, and may be considered “high risk” compared to debt instruments that are rated investment grade.

 

We expect to invest in senior loans made primarily to private leveraged middle-market companies with approximately $20 million to $60 million of EBITDA. Our business model is focused primarily on the direct origination of investments through portfolio companies or their financial sponsors. We expect that our investments will generally range between $5 million and $30 million each, although we expect that this investment size will vary proportionately with the size of our capital base. In addition, we may invest a portion of

 

44

---

Table of Contents

our portfolio in other types of investments, which we refer to as opportunistic investments, which are not our primary focus but are intended to enhance our overall returns. These opportunistic investments may include, but are not limited to, direct investments in public companies that are not thinly traded and securities of leveraged companies located in select countries outside of the United States. We may invest up to 30% of our total assets in such opportunistic investments, including senior loans issued by non-U.S. issuers, subject to compliance with our regulatory obligations as a BDC under the 1940 Act.

 

As of December 31, 2012, our investment portfolio totaled $212.6 million and our net asset value was $174.1 million. Our portfolio was comprised of debt investments in 31 different portfolio companies and our income producing assets, which represented 100% of our total portfolio, had a weighted average annualized yield on a fair value basis of approximately 7.8%, and 7.7% at cost.

 

During our fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, we invested $196.2 million across 19 new and 9 existing portfolio companies through a combination of primary and secondary market purchases. Investments sold and/or prepaid during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 totaled $162.6 million.

 

Our investment adviser, Solar Capital Partners, invested approximately $3.4 billion in more than 120 different portfolio companies since it was founded in 2006. Over the same period, Solar Capital Partners completed transactions with more than 90 different financial sponsors.

 

Recent Developments

 

On January 8, 2013, our board of directors declared a monthly dividend of $0.1175 per share, which was paid on February 1, 2013 to holders of record as of January 24, 2013.

 

On January 16, 2013, the Company closed a follow-on public equity offering of 2.0 million shares of common stock at $18.85 per share raising approximately $37.2 million in net proceeds.

 

On February 5, 2013, our board of directors declared a monthly dividend of $0.1175 per share payable on March 1, 2013 to holders of record as of February 21, 2013.

 

On February 25, 2013, our board of directors declared a monthly dividend of $0.1175 per share payable on April 2, 2013 to holders of record as of March 21, 2013.

 

Investments

 

Our level of investment activity can and does vary substantially from period to period depending on many factors, including the amount of debt and equity capital available to middle market companies, the level of merger and acquisition activity for such companies, the general economic environment and the competitive environment for the types of investments we make. As a business development company, we must not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Qualifying assets include investments in “eligible portfolio companies.” Pursuant to rules adopted in 2006, the SEC expanded the definition of “eligible portfolio company” to include certain public companies that do not have any securities listed on a national securities exchange. The SEC also adopted an additional rule under the 1940 Act to expand the definition of “eligible portfolio company” to include companies whose securities are listed on a national securities exchange but whose market capitalization is less than $250 million. This rule became effective on July 21, 2008.

 

Revenue

 

We generate revenue primarily in the form of interest income from the securities we hold and capital gains, if any, on investment securities that we may sell. Our debt investments generally have a stated term of three to

 

45

---

Table of Contents

seven years and typically bear interest at a floating rate usually determined on the basis of a benchmark LIBOR, commercial paper rate, or the prime rate. Interest on our debt investments is generally payable quarterly but may be monthly or semi-annually. In addition, our investments may provide PIK interest. Such amounts of accrued PIK interest are added to the cost of the investment on the respective capitalization dates and generally become due at maturity of the investment or upon the investment being called by the issuer. We may also generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination, structuring fees, fees for providing managerial assistance and, if applicable, consulting fees, etc.

 

Expenses

 

All investment professionals of the investment adviser and their staff, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services to us, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of that personnel which is allocable to those services are provided and paid for by Solar Capital Partners. We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including those relating to:

 

•

investment advisory and management fees;

 

•

expenses incurred by Solar Capital Partners payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring our financial and legal affairs and in monitoring our investments and performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies;

 

•

calculation of our net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm utilized);

 

•

direct costs and expenses of administration, including independent registered public accounting and legal costs;

 

•

costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents with the SEC;

 

•

interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments;

 

•

offerings of our common stock and other securities;

 

•

registration and listing fees;

 

•

fees payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments;

 

•

transfer agent and custodial fees;

 

•

taxes;

 

•

independent directors’ fees and expenses;

 

•

marketing and distribution-related expenses;

 

•

the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing and postage costs;

 

•

our allocable portion of the fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;

 

•

organizational costs; and

 

•

all other expenses incurred by us or the Administrator in connection with administering our business, such as our allocable portion of overhead under the administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs.

 

We expect our general and administrative operating expenses related to our ongoing operations to increase moderately in dollar terms. During periods of asset growth, we generally expect our general and administrative

 

46

---

Table of Contents

operating expenses to decline as a percentage of our total assets and increase during periods of asset declines. Incentive fees, interest expense and costs relating to future offerings of securities, among others, may also increase or reduce overall operating expenses based on portfolio performance, interest rate benchmarks, and offerings of our securities relative to comparative periods, among other factors.

 

Portfolio and Investment Activity

 

During our fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, we invested $196.2 million across 19 new and 9 existing portfolio companies through a combination of primary and secondary market purchases. This compares to investing $219.1 million in 23 portfolio companies for the previous fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. Investments sold or prepaid during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 totaled $162.6 million versus $34.2 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

 

At December 31, 2012, our portfolio consisted of 31 portfolio companies and was invested 97% in senior secured loans and 3% in unsecured loans measured at fair value versus 21 portfolio companies invested 98% in senior secured loans and 2% in unsecured loans at December 31, 2011.

 

The weighted average yields on our portfolio of investments were 7.8% and 8.5%, respectively, at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 measured at fair value.

 

Since the initial public offering of Solar Senior Capital Ltd. on February 24, 2011 and through December 31, 2012, invested capital totaled over $408.4 million in 42 portfolio companies. Over the same period, Solar Senior Capital Ltd. completed transactions with more than 30 different financial sponsors.

 

At December 31, 2012, 98.2% or $208.8 million of our income-producing investment portfolio is floating rate debt and 1.8% or $3.8 million is fixed rate debt, measured at fair value. On a cost basis, 98.5% or $210.8 million of our income-producing investment portfolio is floating rate debt and 1.5% or $3.3 million is fixed rate debt. At December 31, 2011, 96.5% or $171.6 million of our income-producing investment portfolio is floating rate debt and 3.5% or $6.2 million is fixed rate debt, measured at fair value. On a cost basis, 96.6% or $173.8 million of our income-producing investment portfolio is floating rate debt and 3.4% or $6.2 million is fixed rate debt.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and revenues and expenses during the periods reported. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. We have identified the following items as critical accounting policies.

 

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

 

We conduct the valuation of our assets, pursuant to which our net asset value is determined, at all times consistent with GAAP, and the 1940 Act. Our valuation procedures are set forth in more detail below:

 

Securities for which market quotations are readily available on an exchange are valued at the closing price on the valuation date. We may also obtain quotes with respect to certain of our investments from pricing services or brokers or dealers in order to value assets. When doing so, we determine whether the quote obtained is sufficient according to GAAP to determine the fair value of the security. If determined adequate, we use the quote obtained.

 

47

---

Table of Contents

Securities for which reliable market quotations are not readily available or for which the pricing sources do not provide a valuation or methodology, or provide a valuation or methodology that does not represent fair value in the judgment of Solar Capital Partners or our board of directors, shall be valued as follows: (i) each portfolio company or investment is initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment; (ii) preliminary valuation conclusions are documented and discussed with senior management; (iii) independent third-party valuation firms engaged by, or on behalf of, the board of directors will conduct independent appraisals and review management’s preliminary valuations and make their own assessment for (a) each portfolio investment that, when taken together with all other investments in the same portfolio company, exceeds 10% of total assets, plus available borrowings, as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter, and (b) each portfolio investment that is presently in default; (iv) the board of directors will discuss valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of the investment adviser and, where appropriate, the respective third-party valuation firms.

 

The recommendation of fair value will generally consider the following factors among others, as relevant:

 

•

the nature and realizable value of any collateral;

 

•

the portfolio company’s ability to make payments;

 

•

the portfolio company’s earnings and discounted cash flow;

 

•

the markets in which the issuer does business; and

 

•

comparisons to publicly traded securities.

 

Securities for which market quotations are not readily available or for which a pricing source is not sufficient may include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

•

private placements and restricted securities that do not have an active trading market;

 

•

securities whose trading has been suspended or for which market quotes are no longer available;

 

•

debt securities that have recently gone into default and for which there is no current market;

 

•

securities whose prices are stale;

 

•

securities affected by significant events; and

 

•

securities that the investment adviser believes were priced incorrectly.

 

Determination of fair value involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, the notes to our consolidated financial statements express the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Level 1. Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market that the Company has the ability to access (examples include active exchange-traded equity securities and exchange-traded derivatives).

 

Level 2. Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or model inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include the following:

 

a)

Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

 

b)

Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets;

 

c)

Pricing models whose inputs are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

 

d)

Pricing models whose inputs are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data through correlation or other means for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

48

---

Table of Contents

Level 3. Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. These inputs reflect management’s own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability and long-dated or complex derivatives.

 

Valuation of Credit Facility

 

The Company has made an irrevocable election to apply the fair value option of accounting to the Credit Facility, in accordance with ASC 825-10. We believe accounting for the Credit Facility at fair value will better align the measurement methodologies of assets and liabilities, which may mitigate certain earnings volatility. As a result of this election, approximately $2.8 million of costs related to the establishment of the original Credit Facility was expensed during the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011, and approximately $1.0 million was expensed during the year ended December 31, 2012 related to the amendment, rather than being deferred and amortized over the life of the Credit Facility.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company records interest and dividend income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, on an accrual basis. Investments that are expected to pay regularly scheduled interest and/or dividends in cash are generally placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest/dividend cash payments are past due 30 days or more and/or when it is no longer probable that principal or interest/dividend cash payments will be collected. Such non-accrual investments are restored to accrual status if past due principal and interest or dividends are paid in cash, and in management’s judgment, are likely to continue timely payment of their remaining interest or dividend obligations. Interest or dividend cash payments received on non-accrual designated investments may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. Some of our investments may have contractual PIK interest or dividends. PIK interest and dividends computed at the contractual rate is accrued into income and reflected as receivable up to the capitalization date. PIK investments offer issuers the option at each payment date of making payments in cash or in additional securities. When additional securities are received, they typically have the same terms, including maturity dates and interest rates as the original securities issued. On these payment dates, the Company capitalizes the accrued interest or dividends receivable (reflecting such amounts as the basis in the additional securities received). PIK generally becomes due at the maturity of the investment or upon the investment being called by the issuer. At the point the Company believes PIK is not expected to be realized, the PIK investment will be placed on non-accrual status. When a PIK investment is placed on non-accrual status, the accrued, uncapitalized interest or dividends is reversed from the related receivable through interest or dividend income, respectively. The Company does not reverse previously capitalized PIK interest or dividends. Upon capitalization, PIK is subject to the fair value estimates associated with their related investments. PIK investments on non-accrual status are restored to accrual status if the Company again believes that PIK is expected to be realized. Loan origination fees, original issue discount, and market discounts are capitalized and amortized into income using the interest method or straight-line, as applicable. Upon the prepayment of a loan, any unamortized loan origination fees are recorded as interest income. We record prepayment premiums on loans and other investments as interest income when we receive such amounts. Capital structuring fees are recorded as other income when earned.

 

Net Realized Gains or Losses and Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation

 

We generally measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, but considering unamortized origination or commitment fees and prepayment penalties. The net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation reflects the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including the reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation, when gains or losses are realized.

 

49

---

Table of Contents

Within the context of these critical accounting policies, we are not currently aware of any reasonably likely events or circumstances that would result in materially different amounts being reported.

 

Results of Operations

 

Results comparisons are for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, and the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011.

 

Investment Income

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, and the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011, gross investment income totaled $20.5 million and $7.9 million, respectively. The increase in gross investment income from fiscal year 2011 to fiscal year 2012 was primarily due to an increase in the size of the income-producing portfolio as compared to the previous fiscal year combined with having a full fiscal year for 2012 as compared to a partial fiscal 2011.

 

Expenses

 

Expenses totaled $8.0 million and $5.3 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, and the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011, of which $2.8 million and $0.9 million, respectively, were base management fees and performance-based incentive fees and $2.4 million and $3.0 million, respectively, were interest and other debt related expenses. Administrative services, insurance and other general and administrative expenses totaled $2.8 million and $1.3 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, and the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011. Expenses consist of base investment advisory and management fees, insurance expenses, administrative services fees, legal fees, directors’ fees, audit and tax services expenses, transfer agent fees, and other general and administrative expenses. The increase in expenses from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2012 was primarily due to a year that saw significant growth in our portfolio of assets and business in general, as compared to our partial first fiscal year of operations in 2011.

 

Net Investment Income

 

The Company’s net investment income totaled $12.5 million or $1.32 per average share and $2.6 million or $0.30 per average share, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011, respectively.

 

Net Realized Gains (Losses)

 

The Company had investment sales and prepayments totaling $162.6 million and $34.2 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, and the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011. Net realized gains (losses) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, and the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011 totaled $0.6 million and ($0.6) million, respectively. Net realized gains for the fiscal year ended 2012 were primarily related to selected sales of assets such as Genesys Telecommunications, KIK Custom Products, and STHI Holdings. Net realized losses incurred in fiscal 2011 were primarily related to our investment in American Airlines.

 

Net Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) on Investments and Cash Equivalents

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, and the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011, net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on the Company’s assets and liabilities totaled $0.8 million and ($2.3) million, respectively. Net unrealized appreciation for fiscal 2012 was primarily attributable to general market improvements, modest yield tightening and overall positive net

 

50

---

Table of Contents

changes in general portfolio company fundamentals. During fiscal 2011, unrealized depreciation was recorded primarily due to the general market dislocation and the then overall market expectations for pricing increased credit risk.

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets From Operations

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, and the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011, the Company had a net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations of $13.9 million and ($0.3) million, respectively. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, and the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011, basic and diluted earnings (loss) per average share were $1.46 and ($0.03), respectively.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The Company’s liquidity and capital resources are generally available through our senior secured $200 million revolving Credit Facility, through periodic follow-on equity offerings, as well as from cash flows from operations, investment sales and pre-payments of investments. At December 31, 2012, the Company had $39.1 million in borrowings outstanding on its Credit Facility and $160.9 million of unused capacity.

 

On January 16, 2013, the Company closed a follow-on public equity offering of 2.0 million shares of common stock at $18.85 per share raising approximately $37.2 million in net proceeds. In the future, the Company may raise additional equity or debt capital, among other considerations. The primary use of funds will be investments in portfolio companies, reductions in debt outstanding and other general corporate purposes. The issuance of debt or equity securities will depend on future market conditions, funding needs and other factors and there can be no assurance that any such issuance will occur or be successful.

 

We expect that all current liquidity needs will be met with cash flows from operations, borrowings on our Credit Facility, and other activities.

 

Cash Equivalents

 

We deem certain U.S. Treasury bills, repurchase agreements and other high-quality, short-term debt securities as cash equivalents. From time to time, including at the end of each fiscal quarter, we consider using various treasury strategies for our business. One strategy includes taking proactive steps by utilizing cash equivalents with the objective of enhancing our investment flexibility during the following quarter pursuant to Section 55 of the 1940 Act. More specifically, we may purchase U.S. Treasury bills from time-to-time on the last business day of the quarter and typically close out that position on the following business day, settling the sale transaction on a net cash basis with the purchase, subsequent to quarter end. We may also utilize repurchase agreements or other balance sheet transactions, including drawing down on our Credit Facility, as deemed appropriate. The amount of these transactions or such drawn cash for this purpose is excluded from total assets for purposes of computing the asset base upon which the management fee is determined. There were no cash equivalents held as of December 31, 2012.

 

Debt

 

Credit Facility

 

On August 26, 2011, we established the $200 million Credit Facility with Citigroup Global Markets Inc. acting as administrative agent. In connection with the Credit Facility, our wholly-owned subsidiary, the SPV was formed. The Credit Facility has $150 million currently available with an additional $50 million available as a delayed draw. It can also be expanded up to $600 million. The Credit Facility is secured by all of the assets held by the SPV. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, Solar Senior Capital and the SPV, as applicable, have made certain

 

51

---

Table of Contents

customary representations and warranties, and are required to comply with various covenants, including leverage restrictions, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar credit facilities. The Credit Facility also includes usual and customary events of default for credit facilities of this nature. On November 7, 2012, the Credit Facility. As a result of the amendment, the stated interest rate on the Credit Facility was reduced to LIBOR plus 2.00% from LIBOR plus 2.25%, and the Credit Facility continues to have no LIBOR floor requirement. In addition, the amendment reduced certain non-usage fees. The amendment also provided us greater flexibility and extended the final maturity date to November 6, 2017. At December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all financial and operational covenants required by the Credit Facility.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

		Payments due by Period as of December 31, 2012
(dollars in millions)		Total				Less than 1 year				1-3 years				3-5 years				More than 5 years
Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility(1)		$	39.1			$	—			$	—			$	39.1			$	—

 

(1)

At December 31, 2012, $160.9 million remained unused.

 

Information about our senior securities is shown in the following table as of each year ended December 31 since the Company commenced operations, unless otherwise noted. The “—” indicates information which the SEC expressly does not require to be disclosed for certain types of senior securities.

 

(dollars in thousands) Class and Year		Total Amount Outstanding(1)				Asset  Coverage Per Unit(2)				Involuntary Liquidating Preference Per Unit(3)				Average Market Value  Per Unit(4)
Revolving Credit Facility
Fiscal 2012		$	39,100			$	5,453			$	—				N/A
Fiscal 2011			8,600				21,051				—				N/A

 

(1)

Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented.

(2)

The asset coverage ratio for a class of senior securities representing indebtedness is calculated as our consolidated total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, divided by senior securities representing indebtedness. This asset coverage ratio is multiplied by $1,000 to determine the Asset Coverage Per Unit. In order to determine the specific Asset Coverage Per Unit for each class of debt, the total Asset Coverage Per Unit was divided based on the amount outstanding at the end of the period for each.

(3)

The amount to which such class of senior security would be entitled upon the involuntary liquidation of the issuer in preference to any security junior to it.

(4)

Not applicable, we do not have senior securities that are registered for public trading.

 

We have entered into two contracts under which we have future commitments: the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, pursuant to which Solar Capital Partners has agreed to serve as our investment adviser, and the Administration Agreement, pursuant to which Solar Capital Management has agreed to furnish us with the facilities and administrative services necessary to conduct our day-to-day operations and provide on our behalf managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which we are required to provide such assistance. Payments under the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement are equal to (1) a percentage of the value of our average gross assets and (2) a two-part incentive fee. Payments under the Administration Agreement are equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion of Solar Capital Management’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, technology systems, insurance and our allocable portion of the costs of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. Either party may terminate each of the investment advisory and management agreement and administration agreement without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other.

 

52

---

Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

None

 

Dividends and Distributions

 

Dividends and distributions paid to stockholders for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $12.3 million or $1.29 per share and $5.2 million and $0.55 per share, respectively. Tax characteristics of all dividends are reported to shareholders on Form 1099 after the end of each calendar year. Our dividends, if any, will be determined by our Board of Directors. We expect that our dividends and distributions to stockholders will generally be from accumulated net investment income and from net realized capital gains, if any, as applicable.

 

The following table summarizes our dividends to stockholders:

 

Date Declared		Record Date		Payment Date		Amount
Fiscal 2013
April 8, 2013		April 25, 2013		May 1, 2013		$	0.1175
February 25, 2013		March 21, 2013		April 2, 2013			0.1175
February 5, 2013		February 21, 2013		March 1, 2013			0.1175
January 8, 2013		January 24, 2013		February 1, 2013			0.1175
Total (2013)						$	0.47
Fiscal 2012
December 6, 2012		December 20, 2012		January 3, 2013		$	0.1175
November 1, 2012		November 22, 2012		December 4, 2012			0.1175
October 4, 2012		October 25, 2012		November 2, 2012			0.1175
September 11, 2012		September 20, 2012		October 2, 2012			0.1175
July 31, 2012		August 23, 2012		September 5, 2012			0.115
July 9, 2012		July 19, 2012		August 2, 2012			0.105
June 11, 2012		June 21, 2012		July 2, 2012			0.10
May 1, 2012		May 18, 2012		June 4, 2012			0.10
April 5, 2012		April 18, 2012		May 2, 2012			0.10
February 22, 2012		March 20, 2012		April 3, 2012			0.10
February 3, 2012		February 17, 2012		March 2, 2012			0.10
January 6, 2012		January 19, 2012		February 2, 2012			0.10
Total (2012)						$	1.29
Fiscal 2011
December 6, 2011		December 15, 2011		December 29, 2011		$	0.10
November 1, 2011		November 18, 2011		December 2, 2011			0.09
October 7, 2011		October 19, 2011		November 2, 2011			0.08
September 12, 2011		September 20, 2011		October 4, 2011			0.08
August 2, 2011		August 19, 2011		September 2, 2011			0.08
July 7, 2011		July 18, 2011		August 1, 2011			0.07
June 6, 2011		June 16, 2011		June 30, 2011			0.05
Total (2011)						$	0.55

 

We have elected to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To maintain our RIC status, we must distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, out of the assets legally available for distribution. In addition, although we currently intend to distribute realized net capital gains (i.e., net long-term capital gains in excess of short-term

 

53

---

Table of Contents

capital losses), if any, at least annually, out of the assets legally available for such distributions, we may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

 

We maintain an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a dividend, then stockholders’ cash dividends will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, unless they specifically “opt out” of the dividend reinvestment plan so as to receive cash dividends.

 

We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions from time to time. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a business development company, we may in the future be limited in our ability to make distributions. Also, our revolving credit facility may limit our ability to declare dividends if we default under certain provisions. If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we will suffer adverse tax consequences, including possible loss of the tax benefits available to us as a regulated investment company. In addition, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and tax regulations, we include in income certain amounts that we have not received in cash, such as contractual payment-in-kind interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance that becomes due at the end of the loan term, or the accrual of original issue or market discount. Since we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the requirement to distribute at least 90% of our investment company taxable income to obtain tax benefits as a regulated investment company.

 

With respect to the dividends to stockholders, income from origination, structuring, closing, commitment and certain other upfront fees associated with investments in portfolio companies are treated as taxable income and accordingly, distributed to stockholders.

 

Related Parties

 

We have entered into a number of business relationships with affiliated or related parties, including the following:

 

•

We have entered into an Investment Advisory and Management Agreement with Solar Capital Partners. Mr. Gross, our chairman and chief executive officer, is the managing member and a senior investment professional of, and has financial and controlling interests in, Solar Capital Partners. In addition, Mr. Spohler, our chief operating officer is a partner and a senior investment professional of, and has financial interests in, Solar Capital Partners.

 

•

Solar Capital Management provides us with the office facilities and administrative services necessary to conduct day-to-day operations pursuant to our Administration Agreement. We reimburse Solar Capital Management for the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and the compensation of our chief compliance officer, our chief financial officer and any administrative support staff. Solar Capital Partners, our investment adviser, is the sole member of and controls Solar Capital Management.

 

•

We have entered into a license agreement with Solar Capital Partners, pursuant to which Solar Capital Partners has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Solar Senior Capital.”

 

Solar Capital Partners and its affiliates may also manage other funds in the future that may have investment mandates that are similar, in whole and in part, with ours. For example, Solar Capital Partners presently serves as investment adviser to Solar Capital Ltd., a publicly traded BDC, which to focuses on investing primarily in senior secured loans, mezzanine loans and equity securities. In addition, Michael S. Gross, our chairman and chief executive officer, Bruce Spohler, our chief operating officer, and Richard L. Peteka, our chief financial officer, serve in similar capacities for Solar Capital Ltd. Solar Capital Partners and its affiliates may determine that an investment is appropriate for us and for one or more of those other funds. In such event, depending on the

 

54

---

Table of Contents

availability of such investment and other appropriate factors, Solar Capital Partners or its affiliates may determine that we should invest side-by-side with one or more other funds. Any such investments will be made only to the extent permitted by applicable law and interpretive positions of the SEC and its staff, and consistent with Solar Capital Partners’ allocation procedures.

 

In addition, we have adopted a formal code of ethics that governs the conduct of our officers and directors. Our officers and directors also remain subject to the duties imposed by both the 1940 Act and the Maryland General Corporation Law.

 

 

55

---

Table of Contents

SENIOR SECURITIES

 

Information about our senior securities is shown in the following table as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on the senior securities table as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

(in thousands) Class and Year		Total Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Treasury Securities(1)				Asset Coverage Ratio Per Unit(2)				Involuntary Liquidation Preference Per Unit(3)				Average Market Value Per Unit(4)
Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility
2012		$	39,100			$	5,453			$	—				N/A
2011			8,600				21,051				—				N/A

 

(1)

Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented.

(2)

Asset coverage per unit is the ratio of the carrying value of our total consolidated assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness. Asset coverage per unit is expressed in terms of dollar amounts per $1,000 of indebtedness.

(3)

The amount to which such class of senior security would be entitled upon the voluntary liquidation of the issuer in preference to any security junior to it. The “—” in this column indicates that the Securities and Exchange Commission expressly does not require this information to be disclosed for certain types of senior securities.

(4)

Not applicable because senior securities are not registered for public trading.

 

56

---

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Solar Senior Capital

 

Solar Senior Capital, a Maryland corporation formed in December 2010, is a closed-end, externally managed, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes we have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

 

On February 24, 2011, we priced our initial public offering, selling 9.0 million shares of our common stock, including the underwriters’ over-allotment, at a price of $20.00 per share. Concurrent with this offering, management purchased an additional 500,000 shares of our common stock through the Concurrent Private Placement, also at $20.00 per share.

 

On August 26, 2011, we established the Credit Facility with Citigroup Global Markets Inc. acting as administrative agent. In connection with the Credit Facility, our wholly-owned subsidiary, the SPV was formed. The Credit Facility has $150 million currently available with an additional $50 million available as a delayed draw. It can also be expanded up to $600 million. The Credit Facility is secured by all of the assets held by the SPV. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, Solar Senior Capital and the SPV, as applicable, have made certain customary representations and warranties, and are required to comply with various covenants, including leverage restrictions, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar credit facilities. The Credit Facility includes usual and customary events of default for credit facilities of this nature. On November 7, 2012, we amended the Credit Facility. As a result of the amendment, the stated interest rate on the Credit Facility was reduced to LIBOR plus 2.00% from LIBOR plus 2.25%, and the Credit Facility continues to have no LIBOR floor requirement. In addition, the amendment reduced certain non-usage fees. The amendment also provided us greater flexibility and extended the final maturity date to November 6, 2017.

 

We invest primarily in U.S. middle-market companies, where we believe the supply of primary capital is limited and the investment opportunities are most attractive. Our investment objective is to seek to maximize current income consistent with the preservation of capital. We seek to achieve our investment objective by investing primarily in senior loans, including first lien, unitranche, and second lien debt instruments, made to private middle-market companies whose debt is rated below investment grade, which we refer to collectively as “senior loans.” We may also invest in debt of public companies that are thinly traded. Under normal market conditions, at least 80% of the value of our net assets (including the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) will be invested in senior loans. Senior loans typically pay interest at rates which are determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate, primarily LIBOR, plus a premium. Senior loans in which we expect to invest are typically made to U.S. and, to a limited extent, non-U.S. corporations, partnerships and other business entities which operate in various industries and geographical regions. Senior loans typically are rated below investment grade. Securities rated below investment grade are often referred to as “leveraged loans,” “high yield” or “junk” securities, and may be considered “high risk” compared to debt instruments that are rated investment grade.

 

We expect to invest in senior loans made primarily to private leveraged middle market companies with approximately $20 million to $60 million of EBITDA. Our business model is focused primarily on the direct origination of investments through portfolio companies or their financial sponsors. We expect that our investments will generally range between $5 million and $30 million each, although we expect that this investment size will vary proportionately with the size of our capital base. In addition, we may invest a portion of our portfolio in other types of investments, which we refer to as opportunistic investments, which are not our primary focus but are intended to enhance our overall returns. These opportunistic investments may include, but are not limited to, direct investments in public companies that are not thinly traded and securities of leveraged companies located in select countries outside of the United States. We may invest up to 30% of our total assets in such opportunistic investments, including senior loans issued by non-U.S. issuers, subject to compliance with our

 

57

---

Table of Contents

regulatory obligations as a BDC under the 1940 Act. We are managed by Solar Capital Partners. Solar Capital Management provides the administrative services necessary for us to operate.

 

As of December 31, 2012, our investments totaled $212.6 million and our net asset value was $174.1 million. Our portfolio was comprised of debt investments in 31 portfolio companies and our income producing assets, which represented 100% of our total portfolio, had a weighted average annualized yield on a fair value basis of approximately 7.8%.

 

During our fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, we invested $196.2 million across 19 new and 9 existing portfolio companies through a combination of primary and secondary market purchases. Investments sold or prepaid during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 totaled $162.6 million.

 

About Solar Capital Partners

 

Solar Capital Partners, our investment adviser, is controlled and led by Michael S. Gross, our chairman and chief executive officer, and Bruce Spohler, our chief operating officer. They are supported by a team of dedicated investment professionals, including senior team members Brian Gerson, Cedric Henley, David Mait and Suhail Shaikh. We refer to Messrs. Gross, Spohler, Gerson, Henley, Mait and Shaikh as Solar Capital Partners’ senior investment professionals. Solar Capital Partners’ investment team has extensive experience in the private equity and leveraged lending industries, as well as significant contacts with financial sponsors operating in those industries.

 

In addition, Solar Capital Partners presently serves as the investment adviser for Solar Capital, a publicly traded business development company with approximately $1.8 billion of investable capital that invests in the senior debt securities, mezzanine loans and equity securities of leveraged middle market companies similar to those we intend to target for investment. The investment team led by Messrs. Gross and Spohler has invested in more than 120 different portfolio companies for Solar Capital and Solar Senior Capital, collectively, which investments involved more than 90 different financial sponsors, through December 31, 2012. Since Solar Senior Capital’s inception, these investment professionals have used their relationships in the middle-market financial sponsor and financial intermediary community to generate deal flow. As of April 24, 2013, Mr. Gross and Mr. Spohler beneficially owned, either directly or indirectly, approximately 6.2% and 4.3%, respectively, of our outstanding common stock.

 

Mr. Gross has 25 years of experience in the mezzanine lending, private equity and distressed debt businesses and has been involved in originating, structuring, negotiating, consummating and managing mezzanine lending, private equity and distressed debt transactions. Prior to his current role as chairman and chief executive officer of Solar Capital, Mr. Gross founded Apollo Investment Corporation, a publicly traded business development company. He served as its chairman from February 2004 to July 2006 and its chief executive officer from February 2004 to February 2006. Under his management, Apollo Investment Corporation raised approximately $930 million in gross proceeds in an initial public offering in April 2004, built a dedicated investment team and infrastructure and invested approximately $2.3 billion in over 65 companies in conjunction with 50 different private equity sponsors. Mr. Gross is also a founder and a former senior partner of Apollo Management, L.P., a leading private equity firm. During his tenure at Apollo Management, L.P., Mr. Gross was a member of the investment committee that was responsible for overseeing more than $13 billion of investments in over 150 companies.

 

Mr. Gross also currently serves on the boards of directors of four public companies, and in the past has served on the boards of directors of more than 20 public and private companies. As a result, Mr. Gross has developed an extensive network of private equity sponsor relationships as well as relationships with management teams of public and private companies, investment bankers, attorneys and accountants that we believe should provide us with significant business opportunities.

 

We also rely on the 25 years of experience of Mr. Spohler, who has served as our chief operating officer and a partner of Solar Capital Partners since its inception. Previously, Mr. Spohler was a managing director and a

 

58

---

Table of Contents

former co-head of U.S. Leveraged Finance for CIBC World Markets. He held numerous senior roles at CIBC World Markets, including serving on the U.S. Management Committee, Global Executive Committee and the Deals Committee, which approves all of CIBC World Markets’ U.S. corporate finance debt capital decisions. During Mr. Spohler’s tenure, he was responsible for senior loan, high yield and mezzanine origination and execution, as well as CIBC World Markets’ below investment grade loan portfolio in the United States. As a co-head of U.S. Leveraged Finance, Mr. Spohler oversaw over 300 capital raising and merger and acquisition transactions, comprising over $40 billion in market capitalization.

 

In addition to Messrs. Gross and Spohler, Solar Capital Partners’ senior investment professionals include Messrs. Gerson, Henley, Mait and Shaikh, each of whom has extensive experience in originating, evaluating and structuring investments in the types of middle-market companies we intend to target. Solar Capital Partners’ senior investment professionals have an average of over 20 years of experience in the private equity and leveraged lending industries.

 

Solar Capital Partners’ senior investment professionals have been active participants in the primary and secondary leveraged credit markets throughout their careers. They have effectively managed portfolios of senior loans and mezzanine debt as well as other investment types. The depth of their experience and credit market expertise has led them through various stages of the economic cycle as well as several market disruptions.

 

Market Opportunity

 

Solar Senior Capital invests primarily in senior loans of private middle-market leveraged companies organized and located in the United States. We believe that the size of this market, coupled with leveraged companies’ need for flexible sources of capital at attractive terms and rates, creates an attractive investment environment for us.

 

•

Middle-market companies have faced increasing difficulty in accessing the capital markets. While many middle-market companies were formerly able to raise funds by issuing high-yield bonds, we believe this approach to financing has become more difficult in recent years as institutional investors have sought to invest in larger, more liquid offerings. In addition, many private finance companies that historically financed their lending and investing activities through securitization transactions have lost that source of funding and reduced lending significantly. Moreover, consolidation and the illiquid nature of investments have resulted in fewer middle-market lenders and market participants.

 

•

There is a large pool of uninvested private equity capital likely to seek additional senior debt capital to support their investments. There is currently over $500 billion of uninvested private equity seeking debt financing to support acquisitions. We expect that middle-market private equity firms will continue to invest the over $185 billion raised since 2000 in middle-market companies and that those private equity firms will seek to support their investments with senior loans from other sources such as Solar Senior Capital. Additionally, over $17.4 billion was raised by middle-market sponsors during 2011, which we believe demonstrates the continued appetite for middle-market acquisitions that will require senior debt financing.

 

•

The significant amount of leveraged loans maturing through 2018 should provide additional demand for senior debt capital. A high volume of financings were completed between the years 2004 and 2007, which are expected to mature over the next few years. We believe that this supply of prospective lending opportunities coupled with a lack of available credit in the middle-market lending space may offer attractive risk-adjusted returns to investors.

 

•

Investing in private middle-market senior secured debt provides an attractive risk reward profile. In general, terms for illiquid, middle-market subordinated debt have been more attractive than those for larger corporations which are typically more liquid. We believe this is because fewer institutions are able to invest in illiquid asset classes. In 2011, on average, the total debt to EBITDA ratio for middle-market leveraged buyouts (“LBOs”) was 4.3x, versus 5.4x for large capitalization LBOs. This reduced leverage provides further cushion for borrowers to meet debt service obligations.

 

59

---

Table of Contents

•

The decrease in competition and continued robust supply provide us with significant leverage in negotiating terms for private middle-market senior debt financings. Due to the factors listed above, we believe we will be able to negotiate favorable terms. Such favorable terms may include higher debt yields with LIBOR floors and lower leverage levels with more significant covenant protection than typical transactions involving larger companies.

 

Therefore, we believe that there is an attractive opportunity to invest in senior loans of leveraged companies and that we are well positioned to serve this market.

 

Competitive Advantages and Strategy

 

We believe that we have the following competitive advantages over other providers of financing to leveraged companies:

 

Management Expertise

 

As managing partner, Mr. Gross has principal management responsibility for Solar Capital Partners, to which he currently dedicates substantially all of his time. Mr. Gross has 25 years of experience in leveraged finance, private equity and distressed debt investing. Mr. Spohler, our chief operating officer and a partner of Solar Capital Partners, has 25 years of experience in evaluating and executing leverage finance transactions. We believe that Messrs. Gross and Spohler have developed a strong reputation in the capital markets, and that this experience provides us with a competitive advantage in identifying and investing in leveraged companies with the potential to generate returns. We believe that our investment team has extensive experience in the private equity and leveraged lending industries, as well as significant contacts with financial sponsors operating in those industries. We believe that our investment team has a proven track record of valuing companies and assets and negotiating transactions.

 

In addition to Messrs. Gross and Spohler, Solar Capital Partners’ senior investment professionals include Messrs. Gerson, Henley, Mait and Shaikh, each of whom has extensive experience in originating, evaluating and structuring investments in the types of middle-market companies we currently target. Solar Capital Partners’ senior investment professionals have an average of over 20 years of experience in the private equity and leveraged lending industries.

 

Solar Capital Partners’ senior investment professionals have been active participants in the primary and secondary leveraged credit markets throughout their careers. They have effectively managed portfolios of distressed and mezzanine debt as well as other investment types. The depth of their experience and credit market expertise has led them through various stages of the economic cycle as well as several market disruptions.

 

Investment Portfolio

 

Our portfolio investments consist of portfolio companies that have strong cash flows and have maintained financial and operating performance despite the recent economic climate. As of December 31, 2012, 100% of our total portfolio value of income producing assets, measured at fair value, was comprised of performing assets. The majority of our assets have been seasoned, which has allowed us to gain a solid understanding of our borrowers and the industries in which they compete. Additionally, over time, we have established productive relationships with our portfolio companies.

 

Proprietary Sourcing and Origination

 

We believe that Solar Capital Partners’ senior investment professionals’ longstanding relationships with financial sponsors, commercial and investment banks, management teams and other financial intermediaries provide us with a strong pipeline of origination opportunities. We believe the broad expertise of Solar Capital Partners’ senior investment professionals and their ability to draw upon their average of over 20 years of

 

60

---

Table of Contents

investment experience enable us to identify, assess and structure investments successfully. We expect to continue leveraging the over 100 relationships with middle-market sponsors that Solar Capital Partners’ investment team established while sourcing and originating investments for Solar Capital, which will give us access to deals that are not available through large syndication processes.

 

We believe our investment team’s strong relationship network will be enhanced by the collaborative role both Solar Senior Capital intends to play in the private equity industry, similar to our investment team’s efforts on behalf of Solar Capital. Similar to Solar Capital, we will offer tailored solutions to our portfolio companies, and we believe that this role will provide us with greater deal flow as opposed to being viewed as a competitor bidding for control stakes. Because Solar Senior Capital is not associated with a private equity firm, we will not be precluded from partnering with most of the top tier financial sponsors.

 

These direct investments will enable us to perform more in-depth due diligence and play an active role in structuring financings. We believe that effectuating the transaction terms and having greater insight into a portfolio company’s operations and financial picture will assist Solar Senior Capital in minimizing downside potential, while reinforcing Solar Senior Capital as a trusted partner who delivers comprehensive financing solutions. For example, Solar Capital Partners has sourced investments in more than 120 different portfolio companies for both Solar Capital and Solar Senior Capital, collectively, which investments involved more than 90 different financial sponsors, through December 31, 2012.

 

Versatile Transaction Structuring and Flexibility of Capital

 

We believe Solar Capital Partners’ senior investment team’s broad expertise and ability to draw upon its extensive experience enable us to identify, assess and structure investments successfully and to manage potential risk and return at all stages of the economic cycle. While we are subject to significant regulation as a BDC, we are not subject to many of the regulatory limitations that govern traditional lending institutions such as banks. As a result, we believe that we can be more flexible than such lending institutions in selecting and structuring investments, adjusting investment criteria and building transaction structures. We believe financial sponsors, management teams and investment banks see this flexibility as a benefit, making us an attractive financing partner.

 

Emphasis on Achieving Strong Risk-Adjusted Returns

 

Solar Capital Partners uses a disciplined investment and risk management process that emphasizes a fundamental research and analysis framework. Solar Capital Partners seeks to build our portfolio on a “bottom-up” basis, choosing and sizing individual positions based on their relative risk/reward profiles as a function of the associated downside risk, volatility, correlation with the existing portfolio and liquidity. At the same time, Solar Capital Partners takes into consideration a variety of factors in managing our portfolio and impose portfolio-based risk constraints promoting a more diverse portfolio of investments and limiting issuer and industry concentration. Our value-oriented investment philosophy focuses on preserving capital and ensuring that our investments have an appropriate return profile in relation to risk. When market conditions make it difficult for us to invest according to our criteria, we are highly selective in deploying our capital. We do not pursue short-term origination targets. We believe this approach will enable us to build an attractive investment portfolio that meets our return and value criteria over the long term.

 

We believe it is critical to conduct extensive due diligence on investment targets. In evaluating new investments we, through Solar Capital Partners, conduct due diligence processes that draw upon the investment experience, industry expertise and network of contacts of our senior investment professionals, as well as the other members of our investment team. Among other things, our due diligence focuses on asset coverage, as well as a prospective portfolio company’s ability to meet its debt service obligations. We also focus on downside protection and preservation of capital throughout the structuring process.

 

61

---

Table of Contents

Deep Industry Focus with Substantial Information Flow

 

We concentrate our investing activities in industries characterized by strong cash flow and in which Solar Capital Partners’ investment professionals have deep investment experience. During his time with Apollo Investment Corporation and related entities, Mr. Gross oversaw investments in over 200 companies in 20 industries. As a result of their investment experience, Messrs. Gross and Spohler, together with Solar Capital Partners’ other investment professionals, have long-term relationships with management consultants and management teams in the industries we target, as well as substantial information concerning those industries. Solar Capital Partners’ investment team also has significant experience in evaluating and making investments in the industries we target. We believe that the in-depth experience of Solar Capital Partners’ investment team in investing throughout various stages of the economic cycle provides our investment adviser with access to ongoing market insights in addition to a powerful asset for investment sourcing.

 

Longer Investment Horizon

 

Unlike private equity and venture capital funds, we are not subject to standard periodic capital return requirements. Such requirements typically stipulate that the capital of these funds, together with any capital gains on such invested funds, can only be invested once and must be returned to investors after a pre-agreed time period. We believe that our flexibility to make investments with a long-term view and without the capital return requirements of traditional private investment vehicles enables us to invest in private middle-market senior debt, which we believe provides a more attractive risk-return profile than the liquid senior debt market for larger companies. We also believe our longer investment horizon enables us to be a better long-term partner for our portfolio companies.

 

Investment Strategy

 

Solar Senior Capital seeks to create a diverse portfolio of senior loans by investing approximately $5 million to $30 million of capital, on average, in the securities of leveraged companies, including middle-market companies. We may also invest in debt of public companies that are thinly traded. Under normal market conditions, at least 80% of the value of our net assets (including the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) will be invested in senior loans.

 

Senior loans typically pay interest at rates which are determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate, primarily LIBOR, plus a premium. Senior loans in which we invest are typically made to U.S. and, to a limited extent, non-U.S. corporations, partnerships and other business entities which operate in various industries and geographical regions. Senior loans typically are rated below investment grade. Securities rated below investment grade are often referred to as “leveraged loans,” “high yield” or “junk” securities, and may be considered “high risk” compared to debt instruments that are rated above investment grade. Senior secured loans, however are generally less risky than subordinated debt, bearing lower leverage and higher recovery statistics.

 

In addition to senior secured loans, we may invest a portion of our portfolio in opportunistic investments, which are not our primary focus, but are intended to enhance our returns to stockholders. These investments may include similar direct investments in public companies that are not thinly traded and securities of leveraged companies located in select countries outside of the United States. We may invest up to 30% of our total assets in such opportunistic investments, including senior loans issued by non-U.S. issuers, subject to compliance with our regulatory obligations as a BDC under the 1940 Act. See “Regulation as a Business Development Company.”

 

We currently borrow funds under the Credit Facility and may borrow additional funds to make investments. As a result, we are exposed to the risks of leverage, which may be considered a speculative investment technique. The use of leverage magnifies the potential for gain and loss on amounts invested and therefore increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. In addition, the costs associated with our borrowings, including any increase in management fees payable to our investment adviser, Solar Capital Partners, will be borne by our common stockholders.

 

62

---

Table of Contents

Additionally, we may in the future seek to securitize our loans to generate cash for funding new investments. To securitize loans, we may create a wholly owned subsidiary and contribute a pool of loans to the subsidiary. This could include the sale of interests in the subsidiary on a non-recourse basis to purchasers who we would expect to be willing to accept a lower interest rate to invest in investment grade loan pools, and we would retain a portion of the equity in the securitized pool of loans.

 

Moreover, we may acquire investments in the secondary market and, in analyzing such investments, we will employ the same analytical process as we use for our primary investments.

 

We may utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates. Hedging against a decline in the values of our portfolio positions does not eliminate the possibility of fluctuations in the values of such positions or prevent losses if the values of such positions decline. However, such hedging can establish other positions designed to gain from those same developments, thereby offsetting the decline in the value of such portfolio positions. Such hedging transactions may also limit the opportunity for gain if the values of the underlying portfolio positions should increase. It may not be possible to hedge against an exchange rate or interest rate fluctuation that is so generally anticipated that we are not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an acceptable price. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations.

 

Our principal focus is to provide senior secured loans, including first lien, unitranche and second lien loans, to private middle-market companies in a variety of industries. We generally seek to target companies that generate positive cash flows. We generally seek to invest in companies from the broad variety of industries in which our investment adviser has direct expertise. The following is a representative list of the industries in which we may invest.

 

•Aerospace & Defense		•      Healthcare, Education & Childcare
•Automobile		•      Home, Office Furnishings & Durable Consumer Prds
•Banking		•      Hotels, Motels, Inns and Gaming
•Beverage, Food & Tobacco		•      Insurance
•Buildings & Real Estate		•      Leisure, Amusement, Entertainment
•Broadcasting & Entertainment		•      Machinery
•Cargo Transport		•      Mining, Steel, Iron & Nonprecious Metals
•Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber		•      Personal & Nondurable Consumer Products
•Containers, Packaging & Glass		•      Personal, Food & Misc. Services
•Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing		•      Personal Transportation
•Diversified/Conglomerate Services		•      Printing & Publishing
•Electronics		•      Retail Stores
•Farming & Agriculture		•      Telecommunications
•Finance		•      Textiles & Leather
•Grocery		•      Utilities

 

We may invest in other industries if we are presented with attractive opportunities.

 

We may invest, to the extent permitted by law, in the securities and instruments of other investment companies, including private funds. We may also co-invest on a concurrent basis with affiliates of ours, subject to compliance with applicable regulations and our allocation procedures. Certain types of negotiated co-investments may be made only if we receive an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. There can be no assurance that any such order will be obtained.

 

63

---

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2012, our portfolio consisted of 31 portfolio companies and was invested 97% in senior secured loans, 3% in unsecured loans in each case, measured at fair value. We expect that our portfolio will continue to include primarily senior secured loans.

 

While our primary investment objective is to generate current income through investments in U.S. senior secured loans, and we may also invest a portion of the portfolio in opportunistic investments, including foreign securities.

 

Listed below are our top ten portfolio companies and industries based on their fair value and represented as a percentage of total assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

TOP TEN PORTFOLIO COMPANIES AND INDUSTRIES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012

 

Portfolio Company		% of  Total Assets
KIK Custom Products			6.8	%
AmeriQual Group, LLC			5.8	%
Attachmate Corporation			5.4	%
Hearthside Food Solutions			4.6	%
Shield Finance Co. SARL			4.6	%
TriNet HR Corporation			4.6	%
National Vision, Inc.			4.6	%
Confie Seguros Holding II Co.			4.5	%
SLT Environmental Inc.			4.5	%
Things Remembered, Inc.			4.1	%

 

Industry		% of  Total Assets
Food Products			14.3	%
Specialty Retail			10.9	%
Software			9.9	%
Insurance			9.5	%
Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber			8.7	%
Diversified/Conglomerate Service			6.8	%
Aerospace & Defense			5.9	%
Personal & Nondurable Consumer Products			5.2	%
IT Services			4.6	%
Professional Services			4.6	%

 

TOP TEN PORTFOLIO COMPANIES AND INDUSTRIES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

Portfolio Company		% of  Total Assets
KIK Custom Products			10.3	%
Hearthside Food Solutions			9.9	%
Decision Resources, LLC			8.2	%
AmeriQual Group, LLC			6.7	%
Asurion, LLC			5.7	%
Engineering Solutions & Products, LLC			5.1	%
ATI Holdings, Inc.			4.2	%
Fleetpride Corporation			4.2	%
Insight Pharmaceuticals LLC			4.2	%
Sotera Defense Solutions, Inc.			4.2	%

 

64

---

Table of Contents

Industry		% of  Total Assets
Beverage, Food & Tobacco			19.3	%
Healthcare, Education & Childcare			18.3	%
Personal & Nondurable Consumer Products			10.9	%
Diversified/Conglomerate Service			10.3	%
Aerospace & Defense			9.3	%
Insurance			5.7	%
Cargo Transport			4.2	%
Personal, Food & Misc. Services			4.2	%
Grocery			3.3	%
Retail Stores			2.6	%

 

Listed below is the geographic breakdown of the portfolio based on fair value as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

Geographic Region		% of Portfolio at December 31, 2012
United States			95.3	%
Western Europe			4.7	%
			100.0	%

 

Geographic Region		% of Portfolio at December 31, 2011
United States			97.3	%
Western Europe			2.7	%
			100.0	%

 

Investment Selection Process

 

Solar Capital Partners is committed to and utilizes a value-oriented investment philosophy with a focus on the preservation of capital and a commitment to managing downside exposure.

 

Portfolio Company Characteristics

 

We have identified several criteria that we believe are important in identifying and investing in prospective portfolio companies. These criteria provide general guidelines for our investment decisions; however, not all of these criteria will be met by each prospective portfolio company in which we choose to invest.

 

Stable Earnings and Strong Free Cash Flow.    We seek to invest in companies who have demonstrated stable earnings through economic cycles. We target companies that can de-lever through consistent generation of cash flows rather than relying solely on growth to service and repay our loans.

 

Value Orientation.    Our investment philosophy places a premium on fundamental analysis from an investor’s perspective and has a distinct value orientation. We intend to focus on companies in which we can invest at relatively low multiples of operating cash flow and that are profitable at the time of investment on an operating cash flow basis.

 

Value of Assets.    The prospective value of the assets, if any, that collateralizes the loans in which we invest, will be an important factor in our credit analysis. Our analysis emphasizes both tangible assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and real estate, and intangible assets, such as intellectual property, customer lists, networks and databases. In some of our senior loan transactions, the company’s fundings may be derived from a borrowing base determined by the value of the company’s assets.

 

 

65

---

Table of Contents

Strong Competitive Position in Industry.    We seek to invest in target companies that have developed leading market positions within their respective markets and are well positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities. We will seek companies that demonstrate significant competitive advantages versus their competitors, which we believe should help to protect their market position and profitability. Typically, we would not invest in start-up companies or companies having speculative business plans.

 

Diversified Customer and Supplier Base.    We seek to acquire businesses that have a diversified customer and supplier base. We believe that companies with a diversified customer and supplier base are generally better able to endure economic downturns, industry consolidation, changing business preferences and other factors that may negatively impact their customers, suppliers and competitors.

 

Exit Strategy.    We seek to predominantly invest in companies which provide multiple alternatives for an eventual exit. We look for opportunities that provide an exit typically within three years of the initial capital commitment.

 

We seek companies that we believe will provide a steady stream of cash flow to repay our loans and reinvest in their respective businesses. We believe that such internally generated cash flow, leading to the payment of interest on, and the repayment of the principal of, our investments in portfolio companies represents a key means by which we will be able to exit from our investments over time.

 

In addition, we also seek to invest in companies whose business models and expected future cash flows offer attractive exit possibilities. These companies include candidates for strategic acquisition by other industry participants and companies that may repay our investments through an initial public offering of common stock or another capital market transaction. We underwrite our investments on a hold-to-maturity basis, but expensive capital is often repaid prior to stated maturity.

 

Experienced and Committed Management.    We generally require that portfolio companies have an experienced management team. We plan to also require portfolio companies have in place proper incentives to induce management to succeed and to act in concert with our interests as investors, including having significant equity interests.

 

Strong Sponsorship.    We aim to invest alongside other sophisticated investors. We seek to partner with successful financial sponsors who have historically generated high returns. We believe that investing in these sponsors’ portfolio companies enables us to benefit from their direct involvement and due diligence.

 

66

---

Table of Contents

The illustration below provides Solar Senior Capital’s target portfolio companies and the targeted position of its investment in a company’s capital structure:

 

 

Investment size may vary proportionally as the size of the capital base changes.

 

Solar Senior Capital’s senior investment team works in concert with sponsors to proactively manage investment opportunities by acting as a partner throughout the investment process. We actively focus on the middle-market financial sponsor community, with a particular focus on the upper-end of the middle-market (sponsors with equity funds of $800 million to $3 billion). We favor such sponsors because they typically:

 

•

buy larger companies with strong business franchises;

 

•

invest significant amounts of equity in their portfolio companies;

 

•

value flexibility and creativity in structuring their transactions;

 

•

possess longer track records over multiple investment funds;

 

•

have deep management experience and resources;

 

•

have better ability to withstand downturns; and

 

•

possess the ability to support portfolio companies with additional capital

 

We divide our coverage of these sponsors among our investment professionals, who are responsible for day-to-day interaction with financial sponsors. We take a proactive approach, provide quick feedback, deliver on commitments, and are constructive throughout the life cycle of an investment.

 

Due Diligence

 

Our “private equity” approach to credit investing incorporates extensive in-depth due diligence often alongside the private equity sponsor. In conducting due diligence, we will use publicly available information as

 

67

---

Table of Contents

well as information from relationships with former and current management teams, consultants, competitors and investment bankers. We believe that our due diligence methodology allows us to screen a high volume of potential investment opportunities on a consistent and thorough basis.

 

Our due diligence typically includes:

 

•

review of historical and prospective financial information;

 

•

review and valuation of assets;

 

•

research relating to the company’s management, industry, markets, products and services and competitors;

 

•

on-site visits;

 

•

discussions with management, employees, customers or vendors of the potential portfolio company;

 

•

review of senior loan documents; and

 

•

background investigations.

 

We also expect to evaluate the private equity sponsor making the investment. Further, due to Solar Capital Partners’ considerable repeat business with sponsors, we have direct experience with the management teams of many sponsors. A private equity sponsor is typically the controlling shareholder upon completion of an investment and as such is considered critical to the success of the investment. The equity sponsor is evaluated along several key criteria, including:

 

•

Investment track record;

 

•

Industry experience;

 

•

Capacity and willingness to provide additional financial support to the company through additional capital contributions, if necessary; and

 

•

Reference checks.

 

Throughout the due diligence process, a deal team is in constant dialogue with the management team of the company in which we are considering to invest to ensure that any concerns are addressed as early as possible through the process and that unsuitable investments are filtered out before considerable time has been invested.

 

Upon the completion of due diligence and a decision to proceed with an investment in a company, the investment professionals leading the investment present the investment opportunity to Solar Capital Partners’ investment committee, which then determine whether to pursue the potential investment. Additional due diligence with respect to any investment may be conducted on our behalf by attorneys and independent accountants prior to the closing of the investment, as well as other outside advisers, as appropriate.

 

The Investment Committee

 

All new investments are required to be approved by a consensus of the investment committee of Solar Capital Partners, which is led by Messrs. Gross and Spohler. The members of Solar Capital Partners’ investment committee receive no compensation from us. Such members may be employees or partners of Solar Capital Partners and may receive compensation or profit distributions from Solar Capital Partners.

 

Investment Structure

 

Once we determine that a prospective portfolio company is suitable for investment, we will work with the management of that company and its other capital providers, including senior, junior and equity capital providers, to structure an investment. We negotiate among these parties to agree on how our investment is expected to perform relative to the other capital in the portfolio company’s capital structure.

 

68

---

Table of Contents

We seek to invest in portfolio companies primarily in the form of senior loans. These senior loans typically have current cash pay interest with some amortization of principal. Interest is typically paid on a floating rate basis, often with a floor on the LIBOR rate. We generally seek to obtain security interests in the assets of our portfolio companies that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of these loans. This collateral may take the form of first or second priority liens on the assets of a portfolio company.

 

Typically, we expect that our senior loans will have final maturities of four to seven years. However, we also expect that our portfolio companies often may repay these loans early, generally within three years from the date of initial investment.

 

We seek to tailor the terms of the investment to the facts and circumstances of the transaction and the prospective portfolio company, negotiating a structure that protects our rights and manages our risk while creating incentives for the portfolio company to achieve its business plan and improve its profitability. We seek to limit the downside potential of our investments by negotiating covenants in connection with our investments that afford our portfolio companies as much flexibility in managing their businesses as possible, consistent with preservation of our capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative and negative covenants, default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights, including either observation or participation rights.

 

We typically seek to hold most of our investments to maturity or repayment, but have the ability to sell our investments earlier.

 

Managerial assistance

 

As a business development company, we offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. We may receive fees for these services.

 

Ongoing Relationships with Portfolio Companies

 

Solar Capital Partners monitors our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. Solar Capital Partners monitors the financial trends of each portfolio company to determine if it is meeting its business plan and to assess the appropriate course of action for each company.

 

Solar Capital Partners has several methods of evaluating and monitoring the performance and fair value of our investments, which include the following:

 

•

Assessment of success in adhering to each portfolio company’s business plan and compliance with covenants;

 

•

Periodic and regular contact with portfolio company management and, if appropriate, the financial or strategic sponsor, to discuss financial position, requirements and accomplishments;

 

•

Comparisons to other Solar Capital and Solar Senior Capital portfolio companies in the industry, if any; and

 

•

Review of monthly and quarterly financial statements, asset valuations, and financial projections for portfolio companies.

 

In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, Solar Capital Partners also uses an investment rating system to characterize and monitor our expected level of returns on each investment in our portfolio.

 

69

---

Table of Contents

We use an investment rating scale of 1 to 4. The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:

 

Investment Rating		Summary Description
1		Involves the least amount of risk in our portfolio, the portfolio company is performing above expectations, and the trends and risk factors are generally favorable (including a potential exit)
2		Risk that is similar to the risk at the time of origination, the portfolio company is performing as expected, and the risk factors are neutral to favorable; all new investments are initially assessed a grade of 2
3		The portfolio company is performing below expectations, may be out of compliance with debt covenants, and requires procedures for closer monitoring
4		The investment is performing well below expectations and is not anticipated to be repaid in full

 

Solar Capital Partners monitors and, when appropriate, changes the investment ratings assigned to each investment in our portfolio. As of December 31, 2012, the weighted average investment rating on the fair market value of our portfolio was 2. In connection with our valuation process, Solar Capital Partners reviews these investment ratings on a quarterly basis.

 

Valuation Procedures

 

We conduct the valuation of our assets, pursuant to which our net asset value shall be determined, at all times consistent with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and the 1940 Act and generally value our assets on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if required. Our valuation procedures are set forth in more detail below:

 

Securities for which market quotations are readily available on an exchange shall be valued at the closing price on the day of valuation. We may also obtain quotes with respect to certain of our investments from pricing services or brokers or dealers in order to value assets. When doing so, we determine whether the quote obtained is sufficient according to GAAP to determine the fair value of the security. If determined adequate, we use the quote obtained.

 

Securities for which reliable market quotations are not readily available or for which the pricing source does not provide a valuation or methodology or provides a valuation or methodology that, in the judgment of our investment adviser or board of directors, does not represent fair value, shall each be valued as follows: (i) each portfolio company or investment is initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment; (ii) preliminary valuation conclusions are documented and discussed with our senior management; (iii) independent third-party valuation firms engaged by, or on behalf of, the board of directors will conduct independent appraisals and review management’s preliminary valuations and make their own assessment for (a) each portfolio investment that, when taken together with all other investments in the same portfolio company, exceeds 10% of our total assets, plus available borrowings, as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter, and (b) each portfolio investment that is presently in default; (iv) the board of directors will discuss valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of the investment adviser and, where appropriate, the respective third-party valuation firms.

 

The recommendation of fair value will generally consider the following factors among others, as relevant:

 

•

the nature and realizable value of any collateral;

 

•

the portfolio company’s ability to make payments;

 

•

the portfolio company’s earnings and discounted cash flow;

 

•

the markets in which the issuer does business; and

 

•

comparisons to publicly traded securities.

 

70

---

Table of Contents

Securities for which market quotations are not readily available or for which a pricing source is not sufficient may include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

•

private placements and restricted securities that do not have an active trading market;

 

•

securities whose trading has been suspended or for which market quotes are no longer available;

 

•

debt securities that have recently gone into default and for which there is no current market;

 

•

securities whose prices are stale;

 

•

securities affected by significant events; and

 

•

securities that the investment adviser believes were priced incorrectly.

 

Determination of fair value involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, the notes to our consolidated financial statements express the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Competition

 

Our primary competitors provide financing to middle-market companies and include other business development companies, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds. Additionally, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, frequently invest in middle-market companies. As a result, competition for investment opportunities at middle-market companies can be intense. However, we continue to believe that there has been a reduction in the amount of debt capital available since the downturn in the credit markets, which began in mid-2007, and that this has resulted in a less competitive environment for making new investments. While many middle-market companies were previously able to raise senior debt financing through traditional large financial institutions, we believe this approach to financing will become more difficult as implementation of U.S. and international financial reforms, such as Basel 3, will limit the capacity of large financial institutions to hold non-investment grade leveraged loans on their balance sheets. We believe that many of these financial institutions have de-emphasized their service and product offerings to middle-market companies in particular.

 

Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a business development company. We use the industry information available to Messrs. Gross and Spohler and the other investment professionals of Solar Capital Partners to assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for our investments in portfolio companies. In addition, we believe that the relationships of Messrs. Gross and Spohler and the other investment professionals of our investment adviser enable us to learn about, and compete effectively for, financing opportunities with attractive leveraged companies in the industries in which we seek to invest.

 

Staffing

 

We do not currently have any employees. Mr. Gross, our chairman and chief executive officer, and Mr. Spohler, our chief operating officer, currently serve as the managing member and a partner, respectively, of our investment adviser, Solar Capital Partners. Richard Peteka, our chief financial officer and corporate secretary, is an employee of Solar Capital Management, and performs his functions as chief financial officer under the terms of our Administration Agreement. Guy Talarico, our chief compliance officer, is the chief executive officer of Alaric Compliance Services, LLC, and performs his functions as our chief compliance

 

71

---

Table of Contents

officer under the terms of an agreement between Solar Capital Management and Alaric Compliance Services, LLC. Solar Capital Management has retained Mr. Talarico and Alaric Compliance Services, LLC pursuant to its obligations under our Administration Agreement.

 

Our day-to-day investment operations are managed by Solar Capital Partners. Solar Capital Partners’ investment personnel currently consists of its senior investment professionals, Messrs. Gross, Spohler, Gerson, Henley, Mait and Shaikh, and a team of additional experienced investment professionals. Based upon its needs, Solar Capital Partners may hire additional investment professionals. In addition, we will reimburse Solar Capital Management for the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and the compensation of our chief financial officer and any administrative support staff.

 

Properties

 

Our executive offices are located at 500 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022, and are provided by Solar Capital Management in accordance with the terms of the Administration Agreement. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is contemplated to be conducted.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

None of us, our investment adviser or administrator, is currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us, or against our investment adviser or administrator. From time to time, we, our investment adviser or administrator, may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. While the outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that these proceedings will have a material effect upon our financial condition or results of operations.

 

72

---

Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

 

The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2012 for each portfolio company in which we had a debt or equity investment. The general terms of our debt and equity investments are described in “Business — Investments.” Other than these investments, our only formal relationships with our portfolio companies are the managerial assistance we may provide upon request and the board observer or participation rights we may receive in connection with our investment. For further detail on our portfolio investments, please refer to the schedule of investments included in our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, which are included in this prospectus.

 

Name and Address of Portfolio Company:		Industry		Type of         Investment		% of Class Held
ABB/ Concise Optical LLC 12301 NW 39th St. Coral Springs, FL 33065		Health care providers & services		Bank debt /senior secured loans
Aderant North America, Inc. 500 Northridge Road, Suite 800 Atlanta, GA 30350		Software		Bank debt / senior secured loans
AmeriQual Group, LLC 18200 Highway 41 North Evansville, IN 47725		Food Products		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Amwins Group, LLC 4725 Piedmont Road Drive Suite 600 Charlotte, NC 28210		Insurance		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Asurion, LLC 648 Grassmere Park Suite 402 Nashville, Tennessee 37211		Insurance		Bank debt / senior secured loans, unsecured bank debt / bonds
Apollo Investment Corporation 9 West 57th Street New York, NY 10019		Finance		Unsecured bank debt / bonds
Attachmate Corporation 1500 Dexter Ave North Seattle, WA 98109COnfi		Software		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Bellisio Foods 1201 Harmon Place, Suite 302 Minneapolis, MN 55403		Food Products		Bank debt / senior secured loans
BJ’s Wholesale Club, Inc. 25 Research Drive Westborough, MA 01581		Food & Staples Retailing		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Catapult Learning LLC Two Aquarium Drive, Suite 100 Camden, NJ 08103		Education Services		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Citadel Plastics Holdings, Inc. 1600 Powis Court West Chicago, IL 60185		Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber		Bank debt / senior secured loans

 

73

---

Table of Contents

Name and Address of Portfolio Company:		Industry		Type of         Investment		% of Class Held
Confie Seguros Holding II Co. 6722 Orangethorpe Ave., Suite 200 Buena Park, CA 90620		Insurance		Bank debt / senior secured loans
EIG Investors Corp. 70 Blanchard Road Burlington, MA 01803		Internet Software & Services		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Engineering Solutions & Products, LLC 4 Industrial Way West, 3rd Floor Eatontown, NJ 07724		Aerospace & Defense		Bank debt /senior secured loans
Hearthside Food Solutions, LLC 1901 Butterfield Road; Suite 530 Downers Grove IL, 60515		Food Products		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Hoffmaster Group, Inc. 2920 North Main Street Oshkosh, WI 54901		Paper & Forest Products		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Insight Pharmaceuticals LLC 1170 Wheeler Way Suite 150 Langhorne, PA 19047-1749		Consumer Products		Bank debt / senior secured loans
KIK Custom Products, Inc. 101 MacIntosh Blvd. Concord, Ontario Canada L4K 4R5		Diversified / Conglomerate Service		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Landslide Holdings, Inc. 698 West 10000 South, Suite 500 South Jordan, UT 84095		Software		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Marshall Retail Group, LLC 5385 Wynn Road Las Vegas, NV 89118		Specialty Retail		Bank debt / senior secured loans
National Vision, Inc. 296 Grayson Highway Lawrenceville, GA 30046		Specialty Retail		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Porex Corporation 500 Bohannon Road Fairburn, GA 30213 USA		Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Renaissance Learning, Inc. 2911 Peach Street Wisconsin Rapids, WI 54495		Education Services		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Shield Finance Co. SARL 41, Boulevard Prince Henri L-1724 Luxembourg		IT Services		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Shoes for Crews, Inc. 250 South Australian Ave. West Palm Beach, FL 33401		Textiles & Leather		Bank debt / senior secured loans

 

74

---

Table of Contents

Name and Address of Portfolio Company:		Industry		Type of         Investment		% of Class Held
SLT Environmental, Inc. 19103 Gundle Rd Houston, TX 77073		Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Smart Balance, Inc.		Food Products		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Sotera Defense Solutions, Inc. 1501 Farm Credit Drive Suite 2300 McLean, VA 22102		Aerospace & Defense		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Things Remembered, Inc. 5500 Avion Park Drive Highland Heights, OH 44143		Specialty Retail		Bank debt / senior secured loans
TriNet HR Corp. 1100 San Leandro Boulevard, Suite 400 San Leandro, CA 94577		Professional Services		Bank debt / senior secured loans
Water Pik, Inc 1730 East Prospect Rd. Fort Collins, CO 80553		Personal & Nondurable Consumer Products		Bank debt / senior secured loans

 

Set forth below is a brief description of each portfolio company in which we have made an investment that represents greater than 5% of our total assets as of December 31, 2012.

 

AmeriQual Group, LLC

 

AmeriQual Group, LLC, engages in the production, packaging, assembly, and distribution of shelf stable food products for the Department of Defense and commercial branded food companies in the United States. It offers its products in shelf-stable pre-formed pillow and gusseted pouches, vertical and horizontal form-fill-seal pouches, heat-sealed microwavable bowls and trays, and semi-rigid double seamed plastic bowls.

 

Attachmate Corporation

 

Headquartered in Houston, TX, Attachmate is a leading developer of enterprise infrastructure software solutions. The Company provides 4 key products: Attachmate (Host Connectivity): software that emulates mainframe terminals and data access on remote systems (related to legacy mainframe systems), NetIQ: software

 

75

---

Table of Contents

that tracks users, ensures compliance and protects / manages IT systems, Novell: software that enables organizations to facilitate communication and collaboration across entire IT structures (related to legacy mainframe systems) and SUSE Linux: computer operating systems.

 

KIK Custom Products, Inc

 

KIK Custom Products, Inc. is one of North America’s largest most diverse manufacturer of both National Branded and Retailer Branded consumer products. The National Branded segment is a contract manufacturer of consumer branded products for leading consumer products companies including Johnson & Johnson, Procter & Gamble, Unilver, Alberto Culver, Sun Products, Playtex, SC Johnson and Dial. The retailer branded segment is a private label manufacturer of bleach based products for retailers including Wal-Mart, Dollar General, Family Dollar, Kroeger, Loblaw, Supervalu, Sysco, Target, Publix and Safeway.

 

76

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Our board of directors oversees our management. The board of directors currently consists of five members, three of whom are not “interested persons” of Solar Senior Capital Ltd. as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. We refer to these individuals as our independent directors. Our board of directors elects our officers, who serve at the discretion of the board of directors. The responsibilities of each director will include, among other things, the oversight of our investment activity, the quarterly valuation of our assets, and oversight of our financing arrangements. The board of directors has also established an audit committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee and may establish additional committees in the future.

 

Board of Directors and Executive Officers

 

Directors

 

Information regarding the board of directors is as follows:

 

Name		Age				Position		Director Since				Expiration of Term
Interested Director
Michael S. Gross			51			Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board of Directors			2010				2014
Bruce Spohler			52			Chief Operating Officer and Director			2010				2013
Independent Directors
Steven Hochberg			51			Director			2011				2013
David S. Wachter			49			Director			2011				2015
Leonard A. Potter			51			Director			2011				2014

 

The address for each of our directors is 500 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

 

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

 

Name		Age				Position
Richard L. Peteka			51			Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
Guy Talarico			57			Chief Compliance Officer

 

The address for each of our executive officers is 500 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

 

Biographical Information

 

Directors

 

Our directors have been divided into two groups — interested directors and independent directors. An interested director is an “interested person” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. As described below under “Committees of the Board of Directors — Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee,” the board of directors has identified certain desired attributes for director nominees. We believe each of our directors has demonstrated high character and integrity, superior credentials and recognition in his respective field and the relevant expertise and experience upon which to be able to offer advice and guidance to our management. We believe each of our directors also has sufficient time available to devote to the affairs of Solar Senior Capital, is able to work with the other members of the board of directors and contribute to the success of Solar Senior Capital and can represent the long-term interests of Solar Senior Capital’s stockholders as a whole. Our directors have been selected such that the board of directors represents a range of backgrounds and experience. Set forth below is biographical information of each director, including a discussion of such director’s particular

 

77

---

Table of Contents

experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that lead us to conclude, as of the date of this prospectus, that such individual should serve as a director of Solar Capital, in light of Solar Senior Capital’s business and structure.

 

Interested Directors

 

Michael S. Gross has been the chairman of the board of directors, chief executive officer and president of Solar Senior Capital since December 2010. In addition, Mr. Gross served as the managing member, the chairman of the board of directors and the chief executive officer of Solar Capital LLC since its inception in February 2007, and has been the chairman of the board of directors since December 2007, and chief executive officer and president since November 2007, of Solar Capital, its successor fund. Mr. Gross also currently serves as the managing member of our investment adviser, Solar Capital Partners. From July 2006 through approximately the first quarter of 2009, Mr. Gross was a partner in Magnetar Capital Partners, LP. Between February 2004 and February 2006, Mr. Gross was the president and chief executive officer of Apollo Investment Corporation, a publicly traded business development company that he founded and on whose board of directors and investment committee he served as chairman from February 2004 to July 2006, and was the managing partner of Apollo Investment Management, L.P., the investment adviser to Apollo Investment Corporation. Apollo Investment Corporation invests primarily in middle-market companies in the form of senior secured and mezzanine loans as well as by making direct equity investments in such companies. Under his management, Apollo Investment Corporation raised approximately $930 million in gross proceeds in an initial public offering in April 2004 and invested approximately $2.3 billion in over 65 companies in conjunction with 50 different private equity sponsors. From 1990 to February 2006, Mr. Gross was a senior partner at Apollo Management, L.P., a leading private equity firm which he founded in 1990 with five other persons. Since its inception, Apollo Management, L.P. has invested more than $13 billion in over 150 companies in the United States and Western Europe. During his tenure at Apollo Management, L.P., Mr. Gross was a member of an investment committee that was responsible for overseeing such investments. In addition, from 2003 to February 2006, Mr. Gross was the managing partner of Apollo Distressed Investment Fund, an investment fund he founded to invest principally in non-control oriented distressed debt and other investment securities of leveraged companies. Prior to his time at Apollo Management, L.P., Mr. Gross was employed by Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated. From June 2006 to August 2008, Mr. Gross served as the chief executive officer, chairman of the board of directors and secretary of Marathon Acquisition Corp., a publicly traded special purpose acquisition company. Mr. Gross currently serves on the boards of directors of Saks, Inc., Global Ship Lease Inc. and Jarden Corporation. From January 1999 to June 2008 Mr. Gross served on the board of directors of United Rentals, Inc., and in the past has served on the boards of directors, including in certain cases, in the capacity as a lead director, of more than 20 public and private companies. He is a founding member, and serves on the executive committee, of the Youth Renewal Fund, is the chairman of the board of Mt. Sinai Children’s Center Foundation, and serves on the Board of Trustees of The Trinity School and the Board of Directors of New York Road Runners. Mr. Gross holds a B.B.A. in accounting from the University of Michigan and an M.M. from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University. Mr. Gross’ intimate knowledge of the business and operations of Solar Senior Capital, extensive familiarity with the financial industry and the investment management process in particular, and experience as a director of other public and private companies not only gives the board of directors valuable insight but also positions him well to continue to serve as the chairman of our board of directors.

 

Bruce Spohler has been the chief operating officer and a director of Solar Senior Capital since December 2010. In addition, Mr. Spohler served as a senior vice president of Solar Capital LLC from its inception in February 2007, and has been a director since September 2009, and the chief operating officer since December 2007, of Solar Capital, its successor fund. Mr. Spohler also currently serves as a partner of our investment adviser, Solar Capital Partners. Previously, Mr. Spohler was a managing director and a former co-head of U.S. Leveraged Finance for CIBC World Markets. He held numerous senior roles at CIBC World Markets, including serving on the U.S. Management Committee, Global Executive Committee and the Deals Committee, which approves all of CIBC World Markets’ U.S. corporate finance debt capital decisions. During his tenure, he was responsible for senior loan, high yield and mezzanine origination and execution, as well as CIBC World Markets’

 

78

---

Table of Contents

below investment grade loan portfolio in the U.S. As a co-head of U.S. Leveraged Finance, he oversaw over 300 capital raising and merger and acquisition transactions, comprising over $40 billion in market capitalization. He joined CIBC World Markets in 1995 when it acquired The Argosy Group, of which Mr. Spohler was a founding member and managing director. Founded in 1990, The Argosy Group was a middle-market financing business, in which Mr. Spohler and other principals of The Argosy Group raised third party capital as well as invested alongside their financial sponsor clients. Prior to The Argosy Group, Mr. Spohler was employed by Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated. Mr. Spohler earned a B.S. from Syracuse University and an M.M. from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University. Mr. Spohler’s depth of experience in managerial positions in investment management, leveraged finance and financial services, as well as his intimate knowledge of Solar Senior Capital’s business and operations, gives the board of directors valuable industry-specific knowledge and expertise on these and other matters.

 

Independent Directors

 

Steven Hochberg has been a director of Solar Senior Capital since January 2011. Mr. Hochberg has been a director of Solar Capital LLC from its inception in February 2007, and has been a director of Solar Capital since November 2007, its successor entity. Mr. Hochberg is the founder of Ascent Biomedical Ventures, a New York based venture investor in biomedical technology companies including medical devices and drugs. Since 1992, Mr. Hochberg has also been an active founder of early-stage medical technology companies, including Biomerix Corporation, Eminent Research Systems Inc., Clinsights, Inc., Med-E-Systems/AHT Corporation, and Physicians Online. Mr. Hochberg is the chairman of the board of directors of Biomerix Corporation, Crosstrees Medical, Inc. and Ouroboros, Inc., and serves on the board of directors of Synecor, LLC and SpineView, Inc. Previously, Mr. Hochberg was an investment banker with Alex. Brown & Sons and a strategy consultant with Bain & Company in the technology and healthcare areas. Currently, Mr. Hochberg is Chairman of the Board of Trustees of Continuum Health Partners, one of the largest non-profit hospital systems in New York City. Mr. Hochberg is also a member of the Board of Governors of the New York Academy of Sciences. Mr. Hochberg holds a B.B.A. from the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Hochberg’s varied experience in investing in medical technology companies provides the board of directors with particular knowledge of this field, and his role as chairman of other companies’ board of directors brings the perspective of a knowledgeable corporate leader.

 

Leonard A. Potter has been a director of Solar Senior Capital since January 2011. Mr. Potter has been a director of Solar Capital since September 2009. Mr. Potter is currently the President and Chief Investment Officer of Wildcat Capital Management, LLC, a registered investment advisor. From August 2009 through August 2011, Mr. Potter served as the Chief Investment Officer of Salt Creek Hospitality, a private acquirer and owner of hospitality related assets. From December 2002 through July 2009, Mr. Potter was a Managing Director — Soros Private Equity at Soros Fund Management LLC (“SFM”) where, from May 2005 through July 2009, Mr. Potter served as co-head of the Private Equity group and a member of the Private Equity Investment Committee. From September 1998 until joining SFM in 2002, Mr. Potter was a Managing Director of Alpine Consolidated LLC, a private merchant bank, and from April 1996 through September 1998, Mr. Potter founded and served as a Managing Director of Capstone Partners LLC, a private merchant bank. Prior to founding Capstone Partners, Mr. Potter was an attorney specializing in mergers, acquisitions and corporate finance at Morgan, Lewis & Bockius and Willkie Farr & Gallagher. Mr. Potter is currently a member of the board of directors of GSV Capital Corp. a publicly-traded BDC, and Crumbs Bake Shop Inc., a neighborhood bakery and a retailer of cupcakes, and has previously served as a board member of several other public companies. He also serves on the boards of three private companies, including Hilton Worldwide. Mr. Potter has a B.A. from Brandeis University and a J.D. from the Fordham University School of Law. Mr. Potter’s experience practicing as a corporate lawyer provides valuable insight to the board of directors on regulatory and risk management issues. In addition, his tenure in private equity investing and service as a director of both public and private companies provide industry-specific knowledge and expertise to the board of directors.

 

79

---

Table of Contents

David S. Wachter has been a director of Solar Senior Capital since January 2011. Mr. Wachter has been a director of Solar Capital LLC from its inception in February 2007, and has been a director of Solar Capital since November 2007, its successor entity. Mr. Wachter has been a founding partner, managing director and president of W Capital Partners since 2001. W Capital Partners is a private equity fund manager that acquires direct private equity portfolios in the secondary market. W Capital Partners manages over $1 billion of capital and is a leading participant in providing private equity firms, financial institutions and corporations with a liquidity alternative for their private equity investments. Prior to founding W Capital Partners, Mr. Wachter was a managing director at Jefferies & Co. from 1999 to 2001, a founding partner and managing director at C.E. Unterberg, Towbin from 1990 to 1999 and an investment banker at Lehman Brothers from 1986 to 1990. Mr. Wachter has a B.S. in Engineering, with a major in Computer Science and Applied Mathematics, from Tufts University and an M.B.A. from New York University Graduate School of Business. Mr. Wachter’s extensive knowledge of private equity and investment banking provides the board of directors with the valuable insight of an experienced financial manager.

 

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

 

Richard L. Peteka has been the chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary of Solar Senior Capital Ltd. since May 2012. In addition, Mr. Peteka has served as chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary of Solar Capital Ltd., a BDC managed by Solar Capital Partners, since May 2012. Mr. Peteka joined Solar Senior Capital from Apollo Investment Corporation, a publicly-traded BDC, where he served from 2004 to 2012 as the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. Prior to that, Mr. Peteka was Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of various closed-end and open-end registered investment companies for Citigroup Asset Management. He joined Citigroup Asset Management as a Director in July 1999. Mr. Peteka holds a B.S. in Finance from The College at Old Westbury and an MBA in International Finance from St. John’s University.

 

Guy Talarico has been the chief compliance officer of Solar Senior Capital since December 2010. In addition, Mr. Talarico has been the chief compliance officer of Solar Capital since July 2008. Mr. Talarico founded and has served as chief executive officer of Alaric Compliance Services, LLC, (successor to EOS Compliance Services LLC) since June 2004. Mr. Talarico currently serves as chief compliance officer for a number of funds and investment advisers, including Keeley Funds Inc., The FBR Funds and PennantPark Investment Corporation. Prior to founding EOS Compliance Services LLC, Mr. Talarico served as the Senior Director of the Institutional Custody Division at Investors Bank & Trust Company from 2001 to 2004. Immediately prior to that, Mr. Talarico worked at JPMorgan Chase Bank where he was a Division Executive for Commercial Investment and Retirement Services in its Investment Services Group from 1995 to 2001. Mr. Talarico holds a B.S. ChE from Lehigh University, an M.B.A. from Fairleigh Dickinson University and a J.D. from New York Law School.

 

Director Independence

 

In accordance with rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, our board of directors annually determines each director’s independence. We do not consider a director independent unless the board of directors has determined that he has no material relationship with us. We monitor the relationships of our directors and officers through a questionnaire each director completes no less frequently than annually and updates periodically as information provided in the most recent questionnaire changes.

 

Our governance guidelines require any director who has previously been determined to be independent to inform the Chairman of the board of directors, the Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance committee and our secretary of any change in circumstance that may cause his or her status as an independent director to change. The board of directors limits membership on the audit committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee to independent directors.

 

In order to evaluate the materiality of any such relationship, the board of directors uses the definition of director independence set forth in the rules promulgated by the NASDAQ Stock Market. Rule 5605(a)(2)

 

80

---

Table of Contents

provides that a director of a BDC shall be considered to be independent if he or she is not an “interested person” of such BDC, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

 

The board of directors has determined that each of the directors is independent and has no relationship with us, except as a director and stockholder, with the exception of Michael S. Gross, as a result of his positions as the chief executive officer and president of Solar Senior Capital and the managing member of Solar Capital Partners, Solar Senior Capital’s investment adviser, and Bruce Spohler, as a result of his position as chief operating officer of Solar Senior Capital and a partner of Solar Capital Partners.

 

Board Leadership Structure

 

Our board of directors monitors and performs an oversight role with respect to the business and affairs of Solar Senior Capital, including with respect to investment practices and performance, compliance with regulatory requirements and the services, expenses and performance of service providers to Solar Senior Capital. Among other things, our board of directors approves the appointment of our investment adviser and officers, reviews and monitors the services and activities performed by our investment adviser and executive officers and approves the engagement, and reviews the performance of, our independent public accounting firm.

 

Under Solar Senior Capital’s bylaws, our board of directors may designate a chairman to preside over the meetings of the board of directors and meetings of the stockholders and to perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the board. We do not have a fixed policy as to whether the chairman of the board should be an independent director and believe that we should maintain the flexibility to select the chairman and reorganize the leadership structure, from time to time, based on the criteria that is in the best interests of Solar Senior Capital and its stockholders at such times.

 

Presently, Mr. Gross serves as the chairman of our board of directors. Mr. Gross is an “interested person” of Solar Senior Capital as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act because he is the president and chief executive officer of Solar Senior Capital, serves on the investment committee of our investment adviser and is the managing member of our investment adviser. We believe that Mr. Gross’ history with Solar Senior Capital, familiarity with its investment platform, and extensive knowledge of the financial services industry and the investment valuation process in particular qualify him to serve as the chairman of our board of directors. We believe that Solar Senior Capital is best served through this existing leadership structure, as Mr. Gross’ relationship with Solar Senior Capital’s investment adviser provides an effective bridge and encourages an open dialogue between management and the board of directors, ensuring that both groups act with a common purpose.

 

Our board of directors does not currently have a designated lead independent director. We are aware of the potential conflicts that may arise when a non-independent director is chairman of the board, but believe these potential conflicts are offset by our strong corporate governance policies. Our corporate governance policies include regular meetings of the independent directors in executive session without the presence of interested directors and management, the establishment of audit and nominating and corporate governance committees comprised solely of independent directors and the appointment of a chief compliance officer, with whom the independent directors meet regularly without the presence of interested directors and other members of management, for administering our compliance policies and procedures.

 

We recognize that different board leadership structures are appropriate for companies in different situations. We re-examine our corporate governance policies on an ongoing basis to ensure that they continue to meet Solar Senior Capital’s needs.

 

Board’s Role In Risk Oversight

 

Our board of directors performs its risk oversight function primarily through (a) its two standing committees, which report to the entire board of directors and are comprised solely of independent directors, and (b) active monitoring of our chief compliance officer and our compliance policies and procedures.

 

81

---

Table of Contents

As described below in more detail under “Committees of the Board of Directors,” the audit committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee assist the board of directors in fulfilling its risk oversight responsibilities. The audit committee’s risk oversight responsibilities include overseeing Solar Senior Capital’s accounting and financial reporting processes, Solar Senior Capital’s systems of internal controls regarding finance and accounting, and audits of Solar Senior Capital’s financial statements. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s risk oversight responsibilities include selecting, researching and nominating directors for election by our stockholders, developing and recommending to the board a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the board and our management.

 

Our board of directors also performs its risk oversight responsibilities with the assistance of the chief compliance officer. The board of directors annually reviews a written report from the chief compliance officer discussing the adequacy and effectiveness of the compliance policies and procedures of Solar Senior Capital and its service providers. The chief compliance officer’s annual report addresses at a minimum (a) the operation of the compliance policies and procedures of Solar Senior Capital and its service providers since the last report; (b) any material changes to such policies and procedures since the last report; (c) any recommendations for material changes to such policies and procedures as a result of the chief compliance officer’s annual review; and (d) any compliance matter that has occurred since the date of the last report about which the board of directors would reasonably need to know to oversee our compliance activities and risks. In addition, the chief compliance officer meets separately in executive session with the independent directors at least once each year.

 

We believe that our board’s role in risk oversight is effective, and appropriate given the extensive regulation to which we are already subject as a BDC. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements that control the levels of risk in our business and operations. For example, our ability to incur indebtedness is limited such that our asset coverage must equal at least 200% immediately after each time we incur indebtedness, we generally have to invest at least 70% of our total assets in “qualifying assets” and we are not generally permitted to invest in any portfolio company in which one of our affiliates currently has an investment. See “Regulation as a Business Development Company.”

 

We recognize that different board roles in risk oversight are appropriate for companies in different situations. We re-examine the manners in which the board administers its oversight function on an ongoing basis to ensure that they continue to meet Solar Senior Capital’s needs.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

An audit committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee have been established by our board of directors. During 2012, our board of directors held eleven Board of Directors meetings, five Audit Committee meetings and one Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee meeting. All directors attended at least 75% of the aggregate number of meetings of the board of directors. With the exception of Mr. Potter, all directors attended at least 75% of the aggregate number of meetings of the respective committees on which they serve. Mr. Potter attended 60% of all Audit Committee meetings and did not attend the sole meeting of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee held in 2012. We require each director to make a diligent effort to attend all board and committee meetings as well as each annual meeting of our stockholders.

 

Audit Committee

 

The audit committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our board of directors, a copy of which is available on our website at http://www.solarseniorcap.com. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the audit committee. The audit committee’s responsibilities include selecting the independent registered public accounting firm for Solar Senior Capital, reviewing with such independent registered public accounting firm the planning, scope and results of their audit of Solar Senior Capital’s financial statements, pre-approving the fees for services performed, reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm the adequacy of internal control systems, reviewing Solar Senior Capital’s annual financial statements and periodic filings and receiving Solar

 

82

---

Table of Contents

Senior Capital’s audit reports and financial statements. The audit committee also establishes guidelines and makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding the valuation of our investments. The audit committee is responsible for aiding our board of directors in determining the fair value of debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or for which current market values are not readily available. The board of directors and audit committee may utilize the services of nationally recognized third-party valuation firms to help determine the fair value of these securities. The audit committee is currently composed of Messrs. Hochberg, Wachter and Potter, all of whom are considered independent under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market and are not “interested persons” of Solar Senior Capital as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Mr. Hochberg serves as chairman of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Hochberg is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined under Item 407 of Regulation S-K, as promulgated under the Exchange Act. Mr. Hochberg meets the current independence and experience requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

The nominating and corporate governance committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our board of directors, a copy of which is available on our website at http://www.solarseniorcap.com. The members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Hochberg, Wachter and Potter, all of whom are considered independent under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market and are not “interested persons” of Solar Senior Capital as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Mr. Wachter serves as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for selecting, researching and nominating directors for election by our stockholders, selecting nominees to fill vacancies on the board of directors or a committee thereof, developing and recommending to the board of directors a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and our management. The nominating and corporate governance committee currently does not consider nominees recommended by our stockholders.

 

The nominating and corporate governance committee seeks candidates who possess the background, skills and expertise to make a significant contribution to the board of directors, Solar Senior Capital and its stockholders. In considering possible candidates for election as a director, the nominating and corporate governance committee takes into account, in addition to such other factors as it deems relevant, the desirability of selecting directors who:

 

•

are of high character and integrity;

 

•

are accomplished in their respective fields, with superior credentials and recognition;

 

•

have relevant expertise and experience upon which to be able to offer advice and guidance to management;

 

•

have sufficient time available to devote to the affairs of Solar Senior Capital;

 

•

are able to work with the other members of the board of directors and contribute to the success of Solar Senior Capital;

 

•

can represent the long-term interests of Solar Senior Capital’s stockholders as a whole; and

 

•

are selected such that the board of directors represents a range of backgrounds and experience.

 

The nominating and corporate governance committee has not adopted a formal policy with regard to the consideration of diversity in identifying director nominees. In determining whether to recommend a director nominee, the nominating and corporate governance committee considers and discusses diversity, among other factors, with a view toward the needs of the board of directors as a whole. The nominating and corporate governance committee generally conceptualizes diversity expansively to include, without limitation, concepts such as race, gender, national origin, differences of viewpoint, professional experience, education, skill and other

 

83

---

Table of Contents

qualities that contribute to the board of directors, when identifying and recommending director nominees. The nominating and corporate governance committee believes that the inclusion of diversity as one of many factors considered in selecting director nominees is consistent with the nominating and corporate governance committee’s goal of creating a board of directors that best serves the needs of Solar Senior Capital and the interest of its shareholders.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Solar Senior Capital does not have a compensation committee and does not engage any compensation consultants because our executive officers do not receive any direct compensation from Solar Senior Capital.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

The following table sets forth compensation of Solar Senior Capital’s directors, for the period ended December 31, 2012.

 

Name		Fees Earned  or Paid in Cash(1)				Stock Awards(2)				All Other Compensation				Total
Interested Directors
Michel S. Gross			—				—				—				—
Bruce Spohler			—				—				—				—
Independent Directors
Steven Hochberg		$	63,000				—				—			$	63,000
David S. Wachter		$	60,500				—				—			$	60,500
Leonard A. Potter		$	55,500				—				—			$	55,500

 

(1)

For a discussion of the independent directors’ compensation, see below.

(2)

We do not maintain a stock or option plan, non-equity incentive plan or pension plan for our directors. However, our independent directors have the option to receive all or a portion of the directors’ fees to which they would otherwise be entitled in the form of shares of our common stock issued at a price per share equal to the greater of our then-current net asset value per share or the market price at the time of payment. No shares were issued to any of our independent directors in lieu of cash during 2012.

 

Our independent directors’ annual fee is $50,000. The independent directors also receive $1,250 ($500 if participate telephonically) plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each board meeting and $500 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with each committee meeting attended. In addition, the chairman of the audit committee receives an annual fee of $3,750 and the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee receives an annual fee of $1,250. Further, we purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers. Our independent directors also have the option to receive all or a portion of the directors’ fees to which they would otherwise be entitled in the form of shares of our common stock issued at a price per share equal to the greater of our then-current net asset value per share or the market price at the time of payment. No shares were issued to any of our independent directors in lieu of cash during 2012. In addition, no compensation was paid to directors who are interested persons of Solar Senior Capital as defined in the 1940 Act.

 

Compensation of Executive Officers

 

None of our officers receives direct compensation from Solar Senior Capital. Mr. Gross, our chief executive officer and president, and Mr. Spohler, our chief operating officer, through their ownership interest in Solar Senior Capital Partners, our investment adviser, are entitled to a portion of any profits earned by Solar Capital Partners, which includes any fees payable to Solar Capital Partners under the terms of our Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, less expenses incurred by Solar Capital Partners in performing its services under

 

84

---

Table of Contents

the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement. Messrs. Gross and Spohler do not receive any additional compensation from Solar Capital Partners in connection with the management of our portfolio.

 

Mr. Peteka, our chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary and, through Alaric Compliance Services, LLC, Guy Talarico, our chief compliance officer, are paid by Solar Capital Management, our administrator, subject to reimbursement by us of an allocable portion of such compensation for services rendered by such persons to Solar Senior Capital. To the extent that Solar Capital Management outsources any of its functions we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to Solar Capital Management.

 

Indemnification Agreements

 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors. The indemnification agreements are intended to provide our directors the maximum indemnification permitted under Maryland law and the 1940 Act. Each indemnification agreement provides that Solar Senior Capital shall indemnify the director who is a party to the agreement, or an Indemnitee, including the advancement of legal expenses, if, by reason of his or her corporate status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to or a witness in any threatened, pending, or completed proceeding, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and the 1940 Act.

 

85

---

Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

 

The management of our investment portfolio is the responsibility of our investment adviser, Solar Capital Partners, and its investment committee, which is led by Messrs. Gross and Spohler. For more information regarding the business experience of Messrs. Gross and Spohler, see “Management — Board of Directors and Executive Officers — Interested Directors.” Solar Capital Partners’ investment committee must approve each new investment that we make. The members of Solar Capital Partners’ investment committee are not employed by us, and receive no compensation from us in connection with their portfolio management activities. However, Messrs. Gross and Spohler, through their financial interests in Solar Capital Partners, will be entitled to a portion of any investment advisory fees paid by Solar Senior Capital to Solar Capital Partners.

 

Investment Personnel

 

Solar Capital Partners’ investment team currently consists of its senior investment professionals, Messrs. Gross, Spohler, Gerson, Henley, Mait and Shaikh, and a team of additional experienced investment professionals. We consider Messrs. Gross and Spohler, who lead Solar Capital Partners’ investment committee, to be our portfolio managers.

 

In addition to managing our investments, our portfolio managers also currently manage the following entity:

 

Name		Entity		Investment Focus		Gross Assets(1)
Solar Capital Ltd.		BDC		Primarily mezzanine debt and equity investments in middle-market leveraged companies		$	1.43 billion	(1)

 

(1)

Gross assets are calculated as of December 31, 2012, and are rounded to the nearest million.

 

The table below shows the dollar range of shares of our common stock to be beneficially owned by each of our portfolio managers.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager		Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Solar Capital(1)(2)
Michael S. Gross			Over $1 million
Bruce Spohler			Over $1 million

 

(1)

Dollar ranges are as follows: None, $1 — $10,000, $10,001 — $50,000, $50,001 — $100,000, $100,001 — $500,000; $500,001 — $1,000,000 or Over $1,000,000.

(2)

The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned in us is based on the closing price for our common stock of $18.91 on April 24, 2013 on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

Compensation

 

None of Solar Capital Partners’ investment professionals receive any direct compensation from us in connection with the management of our portfolio. Messrs. Gross and Spohler, through their financial interests in Solar Capital Partners, are entitled to a portion of any profits earned by Solar Capital Partners, which includes any fees payable to Solar Capital Partners under the terms of our Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, less expenses incurred by Solar Capital Partners in performing its services under our Investment Advisory and Management Agreement.

 

86

---

Table of Contents

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

Management Services

 

Solar Capital Partners serves as our investment adviser. Solar Capital Partners is an investment adviser that is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, our investment adviser manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory and management services to, Solar Senior Capital. Under the terms of our Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, Solar Capital Partners:

 

•

determines the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;

 

•

identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments we make (including performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies);

 

•

closes and monitors the investments we make; and

 

•

provides us with other investment advisory, research and related services as we may from time to time require.

 

Solar Capital Partners’ services under the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as its services to us are not impaired. For example, Solar Capital Partners presently serves as investment adviser to Solar Capital Ltd., a publicly-traded BDC which focuses on investing primarily in mezzanine debt and equity investments in middle-market leveraged companies.

 

Management Fee

 

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, we have agreed to pay Solar Capital Partners a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of two components — a base management fee and an incentive fee.

 

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.00% of our gross assets. For services rendered under the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, the base management fee is payable quarterly in arrears. The base management fee is calculated based on the average value of our gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter. Base management fees for any partial month or quarter will be appropriately pro-rated.

 

The incentive fee has two parts, as follows: one is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement to Solar Capital Management, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with pay in kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, computed net of all realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Pre-incentive fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a hurdle of 1.75% per quarter (7.00% annualized). Our net investment

 

87

---

Table of Contents

income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.00% base management fee. We pay Solar Capital Partners an incentive fee with respect to our pre-incentive fee net investment income in each calendar quarter as follows:

 

•

no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which our pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the hurdle of 1.75%;

 

•

50% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle but is less than 2.9167% in any calendar quarter (11.67% annualized). We refer to this portion of our pre-incentive fee net investment income (which exceeds the hurdle but is less than 2.9167%) as the “catch-up.” The “catch-up” is meant to provide our investment adviser with 20% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle did not apply if this net investment income exceeds 2.9167% in any calendar quarter; and

 

•

20% of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds 2.9167% in any calendar quarter (11.67% annualized) is payable to Solar Capital Partners (once the hurdle is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 20% of all pre-incentive fee investment income thereafter is allocated to Solar Capital Partners).

 

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the income-related portion of the incentive fee:

 

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

 

 

Percentage of pre-incentive fee net investment income

allocated to Solar Capital Partners

 

These calculations are appropriately pro-rated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the relevant quarter. You should be aware that a rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee hurdle rate and may result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to our investment adviser with respect to pre-incentive fee net investment income.

 

The second part of the incentive fee is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, as of the termination date), and equals 20% of our realized capital gains, if any, on a cumulative basis from inception through the end of each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees with respect to each of the investments in our portfolio.

 

88

---

Table of Contents

Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation

 

Example 1: Income Related Portion of Incentive Fee (*):

 

Alternative 1:

 

Assumptions

 

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%

Hurdle rate (1) = 1.75%

Management fee (2) = 0.25%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.20%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 0.80%

Pre-incentive net investment income does not exceed hurdle rate, therefore there is no incentive fee.

 

Alternative 2:

 

Assumptions

 

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.70%

Hurdle rate (1) = 1.75%

Management fee (2) = 0.50%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.20%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.25%

Incentive fee = 50% × pre-incentive fee net investment income, subject to the “catch-up” (4)

= 50% × (2.25% – 1.75%)

= 0.25%

 

Alternative 3:

 

Assumptions

 

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 4.00%

Hurdle rate (1) = 1.75%

Management fee (2) = 0.25%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.20%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 3.55%

Incentive fee = 20% × pre-incentive fee net investment income, subject to “catch-up” (4)

Incentive fee = 50% × “catch-up” + (20% × (pre-incentive fee net investment income – 2.9167%))

 

Catch-up = 2.9167% – 1.75%

= 1.1667%

Incentive fee = (50% × 1.1667%) + (20% × (3.55% – 2.9167%))

= 0.58334% + (20% × 0.6333%)

= 0.58334% + 0.12667%

= 0.71001%

 

(*)

The hypothetical amount of pre-incentive fee net investment income shown is based on a percentage of total net assets.

(1)

Represents 7% annualized hurdle rate.

(2)

Represents 1% annualized management fee.

(3)

Excludes organizational and offering expenses.

(4)

The “catch-up” provision is intended to provide our investment adviser with an incentive fee of approximately 20% on all of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply when our net investment income exceeds 2.9167% in any calendar quarter.

 

89

---

Table of Contents

Example 2: Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee:

 

Alternative 1:

 

Assumptions

 

•

Year 1: $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), and $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”)

 

•

Year 2: Investment A sold for $50 million and fair market value (“FMV”) of Investment B determined to be $32 million

 

•

Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million

 

•

Year 4: Investment B sold for $31 million

 

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:

 

•

Year 1: None

 

•

Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $6 million ($30 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20%)

 

•

Year 3: None

 

$5 million cumulative fee (20% multiplied by $25 million ($30 million cumulative capital gains less $5 million cumulative capital depreciation)) less $6 million (previous capital gains fee paid in Year 2)

 

•

Year 4: Capital gains incentive fee of $200,000

 

$6.2 million cumulative fee ($31 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20%) less $6 million (previous capital gains fee paid in Year 2)

 

Alternative 2:

 

Assumptions

 

•

Year 1: $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”)

 

•

Year 2: Investment A sold for $50 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million

 

•

Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $27 million and Investment C sold for $30 million

 

•

Year 4: FMV of Investment B determined to be $24 million

 

•

Year 5: Investment B sold for $20 million

 

The capital gains incentive fee, if any, would be:

 

•

Year 1: None

 

•

Year 2: $5 million capital gains incentive fee

 

20% multiplied by $25 million ($30 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A less $5 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)

 

•

Year 3: $1.4 million capital gains incentive fee(1)

 

$6.4 million cumulative fee (20% multiplied by $32 million ($35 million cumulative realized capital gains less $3 million unrealized capital depreciation)) less $5 million (previous capital gains fee paid in Year 2)

 

90

---

Table of Contents

•

Year 4: None

 

•

Year 5: None

 

$5 million cumulative fee (20% multiplied by $25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $35 million less realized capital losses of $10 million)) less $6.4 million (previous cumulative capital gains fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3)

 

(1)

As illustrated in Year 3 of Alternative 1 above, if Solar Senior Capital were to be wound up on a date other than December 31 of any year, Solar Senior Capital may have paid aggregate capital gain incentive fees that are more than the amount of such fees that would be payable if Solar Senior Capital had been wound up on December 31 of such year.

 

Payment of Our Expenses

 

All investment professionals of the investment adviser and their respective staffs, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, are provided and paid for by Solar Capital Partners. We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including (without limitation):

 

•

the cost of our organization and this offering;

 

•

the cost of calculating our net asset value, including the cost of any third-party valuation services;

 

•

the cost of effecting sales and repurchases of our shares and other securities;

 

•

interest payable on debt, if any, to finance our investments;

 

•

fees payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, making investments, including fees and expenses associated with performing due diligence reviews of prospective investments and advisory fees;

 

•

transfer agent and custodial fees;

 

•

fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;

 

•

federal and state registration fees, any stock exchange listing fees;

 

•

federal, state and local taxes;

 

•

independent directors’ fees and expenses;

 

•

brokerage commissions;

 

•

fidelity bond, directors and officers errors and omissions liability insurance and other insurance premiums;

 

•

direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone and staff;

 

•

fees and expenses associated with independent audits and outside legal costs;

 

•

costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable federal and state securities laws; and

 

•

all other expenses incurred by either Solar Capital Management or us in connection with administering our business, including payments under the Administration Agreement that will be based upon our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by Solar Capital Management in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and our allocable portion of the costs of compensation and related expenses of our chief compliance officer and our chief financial officer and any administrative support staff.

 

91

---

Table of Contents

Duration and Termination

 

The Investment Advisory and Management Agreement was initially approved by the board of directors of Solar Senior Capital on February 7, 2011. Unless earlier terminated as described below, the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement will remain in effect from year to year if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our directors who are not parties to such agreement or who are not “interested persons” of Solar Senior Capital, as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. The Investment Advisory and Management Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Investment Advisory and Management Agreement may also be terminated by either party without penalty on 60 days’ written notice to the other. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure — Our investment adviser can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.”

 

Indemnification

 

The Investment Advisory and Management Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Solar Capital Partners and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from Solar Senior Capital for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Solar Capital Partners’ services under the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of Solar Senior Capital.

 

Organization of the Investment Adviser

 

Solar Capital Partners is a Delaware limited liability company. The principal executive offices of Solar Capital Partners are located at 500 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

 

Board Approval of the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement

 

A discussion regarding the basis for our board of director’s approval of our Investment Advisory and Management Agreement will be included in our first annual report on Form 10-K filed subsequent to any such board approval, or incorporated by reference therein.

 

92

---

Table of Contents

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

 

Solar Capital Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, serves as our administrator. The principal executive offices of Solar Capital Management are located at 500 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022. Pursuant to an Administration Agreement, Solar Capital Management furnishes us with office facilities, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, Solar Capital Management also performs, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders. In addition, Solar Capital Management assists us in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholder, and generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. Payments under the Administration Agreement are equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion of Solar Capital Management’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions and our allocable portion of the compensation of our chief financial officer and any administrative support staff. Under the Administration Agreement, Solar Capital Management will also provide on our behalf managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request such assistance. The Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty on 60 days’ written notice to the other party.

 

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Solar Capital Management and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from Solar Capital for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Solar Capital Management’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as administrator for Solar Senior Capital.

 

LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

We have entered into a license agreement with Solar Capital Partners pursuant to which Solar Capital Partners has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Solar Senior Capital.” Under this agreement, we have a right to use the Solar Senior Capital name for so long as the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement with our investment adviser is in effect. Other than with respect to this limited license, we will have no legal right to the “Solar Senior Capital” name.

 

93

---

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS

 

We have entered into the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement with Solar Capital Partners. Mr. Gross, our chairman and chief executive officer, is the managing member and a senior investment professional of, and has financial and controlling interests in, Solar Capital Partners. In addition, Mr. Spohler, our chief operating officer and board member and Mr. Peteka, our chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary, serve as a partner and chief financial officer, respectively, for Solar Capital Partners. Mr. Spohler also has financial interests in Solar Capital Partners.

 

Solar Capital Partners and its affiliates may also manage other funds in the future that may have investment mandates that are similar, in whole and in part, with ours. For example, Solar Capital Partners presently serves as investment adviser to Solar Capital, a publicly-traded BDC with approximately $1.8 billion of investable capital that investments primarily in the mezzanine debt and equity securities of middle-market leveraged companies similar to those we intend to target for investment. In addition, Michael S. Gross, our chairman and chief executive officer, Bruce Spohler, our chief operating officer, and Richard Peteka, our chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary serve in similar capacities for Solar Capital.

 

Solar Capital Partners and its affiliates may determine that an investment is appropriate for us and for Solar Capital or one or more of those other funds. In such event, depending on the availability of such investment and other appropriate factors, Solar Capital Partners or its affiliates may determine that we should invest side-by-side with one or more other funds. Any such investments will be made only to the extent permitted by applicable law and interpretive positions of the SEC and its staff, and consistent with Solar Capital Partners’ allocation procedures. In addition, we have adopted a formal code of ethics that governs the conduct of our officers and directors. Our officers and directors also remain subject to the duties imposed by both the 1940 Act and the Maryland General Corporation Law.

 

We have entered into a license agreement with Solar Capital Partners, pursuant to which Solar Capital Partners has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Solar Senior Capital.” In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Administration Agreement, Solar Capital Management provides us with the office facilities and administrative services necessary to conduct our day-to-day operations. Solar Capital Partners is the sole member of and controls Solar Capital Management.

 

94

---

Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth certain ownership information as of April 24, 2013 with respect to Solar Senior Capital Ltd.’s common stock for those persons who, directly or indirectly, own, control or hold with the power to vote, 5% or more of Solar Senior Capital Ltd.’s common stock, and all officers and directors as a group.

 

Name		Type of Ownership		Shares Owned(1)				Percentage(2)
Pacific Investment Management Company LLC(3)		Indirect			677,328				5.9	%
Michael S. Gross(4)		Direct and Indirect			717,108				6.2	%
All officers and directors as a group (7 persons)(5)		Direct and Indirect			742,247				6.4	%

 

(1)

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Assumes no other purchases or sales of our common stock since the most recently available SEC filings. This assumption has been made under the rules and regulations of the SEC and does not reflect any knowledge that we have with respect to the present intent of the beneficial owners of our common stock listed in this table.

(2)

Percentages are based on 11,510,796 shares of common stock outstanding as of April 24, 2013.

(3)

Such securities are held by certain funds and other entities controlled and/or managed by Pacific Investment Management Company LLC or its affiliates. The address for Pacific Investment Management Company LLC is 840 Newport Center Drive, Suite 100, Newport Beach, CA 92660.

(4)

Includes shares held by Solar Capital Management, LLC and Solar Senior Capital Investors LLC. Michael S. Gross may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by each of Solar Capital Management, LLC and Solar Senior Capital Investors LLC as a result of his ownership of and control over each of Solar Capital Management, LLC and Solar Senior Capital Investors LLC. The address for each of Solar Capital Management, LLC and Solar Senior Capital Investors LLC is 500 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022.

(5)

The address for all officers and directors is 500 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022.

 

The following table sets forth the dollar range of our equity securities beneficially owned by each of our directors as of April 24, 2013.

 

Name of Director		Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Solar Senior Capital(1)(2)
Interested Directors
Michael S. Gross		Over $100,000
Bruce Spohler		Over $100,000
Independent Directors
Steven Hochberg		Over $100,000
David S. Wachter		$50,001-$100,000
Leonard A. Potter		Over $100,000

 

(1)

The dollar ranges are: None, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000, or Over $100,000.

(2)

The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned in us is based on the closing price for our common stock of $18.91 on April 24, 2013 on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

95

---

Table of Contents

REGULATION AS A BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT COMPANY

 

General

 

A BDC is regulated by the 1940 Act. A BDC must be organized in the United States for the purpose of investing in or lending to primarily private companies and making significant managerial assistance available to them. A BDC may use capital provided by public stockholders and from other sources to make long-term, private investments in businesses. A BDC provides stockholders the ability to retain the liquidity of a publicly traded stock while sharing in the possible benefits, if any, of investing in primarily privately owned companies.

 

We may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC unless authorized by vote of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, as required by the 1940 Act. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (a) 67% or more of such company’s voting securities present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company. We do not anticipate any substantial change in the nature of our business.

 

As with other companies regulated by the 1940 Act, a BDC must adhere to certain substantive regulatory requirements. A majority of our directors must be persons who are not interested persons, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. Additionally, we are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect the BDC. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

 

As a BDC, we are required to meet a coverage ratio, reflecting the value of our total assets to our total senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred stock we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC.

 

We are generally not able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value of our common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and our stockholders approve such sale. In addition, we may generally issue new shares of our common stock at a price below net asset value in rights offerings to existing stockholders, in payment of dividends and in certain other limited circumstances.

 

As a BDC, we are generally limited in our ability to invest in any portfolio company in which our investment adviser or any of its affiliates currently have an investment or to make any co-investments with our investment adviser or its affiliates without an exemptive order from the SEC, subject to certain exceptions.

 

We will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act.

 

Qualifying Assets

 

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the BDC’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets we believe are relevant to our business are the following:

 

(1) Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

 

(a) is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

 

96

---

Table of Contents

(b) is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

 

(c) satisfies any of the following:

 

i.) does not have any class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange;

 

ii.) has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million;

 

iii.) is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC and the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company; or

 

iv.) is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4.0 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2.0 million.

 

(2) Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.

 

(3) Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

 

(4) Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

 

(5) Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

(6) Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

 

Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

 

As a BDC, we offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. We may also receive fees for these services. Solar Capital Management provides such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance.

 

Temporary Investments

 

Pending investment in other types of “qualifying assets,” as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality investment grade debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, provided that such agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price which is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet the diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes. Thus, we do

 

97

---

Table of Contents

not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. Our investment adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

 

Senior Securities

 

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. We may borrow money, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us.

 

Code of Ethics

 

We and Solar Capital Partners have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, respectively, that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain transactions by our personnel. Our codes of ethics generally do not permit investments by our employees in securities that may be purchased or held by us. You may read and copy these codes of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1 (800) SEC-0330. In addition, each code of ethics is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of the codes of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following Email address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

 

Compliance Policies and Procedures

 

We and our investment adviser have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to detect and prevent violation of the federal securities laws. We are required to review these compliance policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation and to designate a chief compliance officer to be responsible for their administration. Guy Talarico currently serves as our chief compliance officer.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 imposes a wide variety of new regulatory requirements on publicly-held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. For example:

 

•

pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer must certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports;

 

•

pursuant to Item 307 of Regulation S-K, our periodic reports must disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures;

 

•

pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, our management is required to prepare an annual report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting and to obtain an audit of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting performed by our independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

•

pursuant to Item 308 of Regulation S-K and Rule 13a-15 of the 1934 Act, our periodic reports must disclose whether there were significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

98

---

Table of Contents

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.

 

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

 

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to our investment adviser. A summary of the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of our adviser are set forth below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by the adviser and our non-interested directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change.

 

As an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Solar Capital Partners has a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of its clients. As part of this duty, it recognizes that it must vote securities held by its clients in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest. These policies and procedures for voting proxies for investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

 

Our investment adviser votes proxies relating to our portfolio securities in the best interest of our stockholders. Solar Capital Partners reviews on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted for a proxy vote to determine its impact on our investments. Although it generally votes against proposals that may have a negative impact on our investments, it may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so. The proxy voting decisions of our investment adviser are made by the senior officers who are responsible for monitoring each of our investments. To ensure that our vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, it requires that: (i) anyone involved in the decision making process disclose to the managing member any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (ii) employees involved in the decision making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how we intend to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties.

 

You may obtain information about how we voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Solar Capital Partners, LLC, 500 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022.

 

Privacy Principles

 

We are committed to maintaining the privacy of our stockholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

 

Generally, we do not receive any non-public personal information relating to our stockholders, although certain non-public personal information of our stockholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any non-public personal information about our stockholders (or former stockholders) to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service stockholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).

 

We restrict access to non-public personal information about our stockholders to employees of our investment adviser and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of our stockholders.

 

99

---

Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

We determine the net asset value of our investment portfolio each quarter by subtracting our total liabilities from the fair value of our total assets.

 

We conduct the valuation of our assets, pursuant to which our net asset value shall be determined, at all times consistent with GAAP and the 1940 Act. We generally value our assets on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if required under the 1940 Act. Our valuation procedures are set forth in more detail below:

 

Securities for which market quotations are readily available on an exchange shall be valued at such price as of the closing price on the day of valuation. We may also obtain quotes with respect to certain of our investments from pricing services or brokers or dealers in order to value assets. When doing so, we determine whether the quote obtained is sufficient according to GAAP to determine the fair value of the security. If determined adequate, we use the quote obtained.

 

Securities for which reliable market quotations are not readily available or for which the pricing source does not provide a valuation or methodology or provides a valuation or methodology that, in the judgment of our investment adviser or board of directors, does not represent fair value, shall each be valued as follows: (i) each portfolio company or investment is initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment; (ii) preliminary valuation conclusions are documented and discussed with our senior management; (iii) independent third-party valuation firms engaged by, or on behalf of, the board of directors will conduct independent appraisals and review management’s preliminary valuations and make their own assessment for (a) each portfolio investment that, when taken together with all other investments in the same portfolio company, exceeds 10% of our total assets, plus available borrowings, as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter, and (b) each portfolio asset that is presently in default; and (iv) the board of directors will discuss valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of the investment adviser and, where appropriate, the respective third-party valuation firms.

 

The recommendation of fair value will generally be based on the following factors, as relevant:

 

•

the nature and realizable value of any collateral;

 

•

the portfolio company’s ability to make payments;

 

•

the portfolio company’s earnings and discounted cash flow;

 

•

the markets in which the issuer does business; and

 

•

comparisons to publicly traded securities.

 

Securities for which market quotations are not readily available or for which a pricing source is not sufficient may include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

•

private placements and restricted securities that do not have an active trading market;

 

•

securities whose trading has been suspended or for which market quotes are no longer available;

 

•

debt securities that have recently gone into default and for which there is no current market;

 

•

securities whose prices are stale;

 

•

securities affected by significant events; and

 

•

securities that the investment adviser believes were priced incorrectly.

 

Determination of fair value involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, the notes to our financial statements express the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on our financial statements.

 

100

---

Table of Contents

Determinations in Connection with Offerings

 

In connection with future offering of shares of our common stock, to the extent we do not have stockholder approval to sell below NAV, our board of directors or a committee thereof will be required to make the determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made. Our board of directors will consider the following factors, among others, in making such determination:

 

•

the net asset value of our common stock disclosed in the most recent periodic report that we filed with the SEC;

 

•

our management’s assessment of whether any material change in the net asset value of our common stock has occurred (including through the realization of gains on the sale of our portfolio securities) during the period beginning on the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value of our common stock and ending two days prior to the date of the sale of our common stock; and

 

•

the magnitude of the difference between (i) the net asset value of our common stock disclosed in the most recent periodic report that we filed with the SEC and our management’s assessment of any material change in the net asset value of our common stock since the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value of our common stock, and (ii) the offering price of the shares of our common stock in the proposed offering.

 

Importantly, this determination will not require that we calculate the net asset value of our common stock in connection with each offering of shares of our common stock, but instead it will involve the determination by our board of directors or a committee thereof that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made.

 

Moreover, to the extent that there is even a remote possibility that we may (i) issue shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made or (ii) trigger the undertaking (which we provide in certain registration statements we file with the SEC) to suspend the offering of shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus if the net asset value of our common stock fluctuates by certain amounts in certain circumstances until the prospectus is amended, our board of directors will elect, in the case of clause (i) above, either to postpone the offering until such time that there is no longer the possibility of the occurrence of such event or to undertake to determine the net asset value of our common stock within two days prior to any such sale to ensure that such sale will not be below our then current net asset value, and, in the case of clause (ii) above, to comply with such undertaking or to undertake to determine the net asset value of our common stock to ensure that such undertaking has not been triggered.

 

These processes and procedures are part of our compliance policies and procedures. Records will be made contemporaneously with all determinations described in this section and these records will be maintained with other records that we are required to maintain under the 1940 Act.

 

101

---

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

 

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of our dividends and other distributions on behalf of our stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash as provided below. As a result, if our board of directors authorizes, and we declare, a cash distribution, then our stockholders who have not opted out of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving the cash distributions.

 

No action will be required on the part of a registered stockholder to have his cash distribution reinvested in shares of our common stock. A registered stockholder may elect to receive an entire distribution in cash by notifying American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the plan administrator and our transfer agent and registrar, in writing so that such notice is received by the plan administrator no later than the record date for distributions to stockholders. The plan administrator will set up an account for shares acquired through the plan for each stockholder who has not elected to receive distributions in cash and hold such shares in non-certificated form. Upon request by a stockholder participating in the plan, received in writing not less than 10 days prior to the record date, the plan administrator will, instead of crediting shares to the participant’s account, issue a certificate registered in the participant’s name for the number of whole shares of our common stock and a check for any fractional share.

 

Those stockholders whose shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary may receive distributions in cash by notifying their broker or other financial intermediary of their election.

 

We intend to use primarily newly issued shares to implement the plan, whether our shares are trading at a premium or at a discount to net asset value. However, we reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with our implementation of the plan. If we declare a distribution to stockholders, the plan administrator may be instructed not to credit accounts with newly-issued shares and instead to buy shares in the market if (i) the price at which newly-issued shares are to be credited does not exceed 110% of the last determined net asset value of the shares; or (ii) we have advised the plan administrator that since such net asset value was last determined, we have become aware of events that indicate the possibility of a material change in per share net asset value as a result of which the net asset value of the shares on the payment date might be higher than the price at which the plan administrator would credit newly-issued shares to stockholders. The number of shares to be issued to a stockholder is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such stockholder by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of regular trading on the valuation date for such distribution. Market price per share on that date will be the closing price for such shares on the national securities exchange on which our shares are then listed or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their reported bid and asked prices. The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of the distribution cannot be established until the value per share at which additional shares will be issued has been determined and elections of our stockholders have been tabulated.

 

There will be no brokerage charges or other charges to stockholders who participate in the plan. The plan administrator’s fees under the plan will be paid by us. If a participant elects by written notice to the plan administrator to have the plan administrator sell part or all of the shares held by the plan administrator in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan administrator is authorized to deduct a transaction fee of $15 plus a per share brokerage commissions from the proceeds.

 

Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of stock are subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash. A stockholder’s basis for determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a distribution from us will be equal to the amount of cash they would have received if they had elected to receive the distribution in cash, or the fair market value of the distributed shares if such shares have a fair market value equal to or greater than net asset value. Any stock

 

102

---

Table of Contents

received in a distribution will have a new holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. stockholder’s account.

 

The plan may be terminated by us upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any distribution by us. All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan administrator by mail at 6201 15^th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219 or by phone at (800) 937-5449.

 

103

---

Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to an investment in our common stock. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations applicable to such an investment. For example, we have not described tax consequences that we assume to be generally known by investors or certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, and financial institutions. This summary assumes that investors hold our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as in effect as of the date of this registration statement and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service regarding this offering. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets in which we do not currently intend to invest.

 

This summary does not discuss the consequences of an investment in shares of our preferred stock, debt securities or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of such an investment will be discussed in a relevant prospectus supplement.

 

A “U.S. stockholder” generally is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock who is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

•

a citizen or individual resident of the United States including an alien individual who is a lawful permanent resident of the United States or meets the “substantial presence” test under Section 7701(b) of the Code;

 

•

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

•

a trust, if a court in the United States has primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all decisions of the trust, or the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or

 

•

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

 

A “non-U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is an individual, corporation, trust or estate and is not a U.S. stockholder.

 

If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A prospective stockholder who is a partner of a partnership holding shares of our common stock should consult its tax advisors with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

 

Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in our shares will depend on the facts of its particular situation. We encourage investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable tax treaty and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.

 

104

---

Table of Contents

As a BDC, we elected to be treated, and intend to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, beginning with our 2011 taxable year. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To continue to qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, to qualify for RIC tax treatment we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our ordinary income plus the excess of our realized net short-term capital gains over our realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).

 

Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company

 

If we:

 

•

qualify as a RIC; and

 

•

satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement;

 

then we will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of our investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) we distribute to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gain not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.

 

We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income realized, but not distributed, and on which we paid no federal income tax, in preceding years (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). We currently intend to make sufficient distributions each taxable year to satisfy the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.

 

In order to maintain our qualification as a RIC for federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

 

•

at all times during each taxable year, have in effect an election to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act;

 

•

derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities or currencies, or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and (b) net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership;” and

 

•

diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:

 

•

at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and

 

•

no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in (i) the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, (ii) the securities of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable tax rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or (iii) the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships.”

 

We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same

 

105

---

Table of Contents

taxable year. Because any original issue discount accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount.

 

Because we may use debt financing, we will be subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources or are otherwise limited in our ability to make distributions, we could fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

 

Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things: (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions; (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gain into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income; (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited); (iv) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash; (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of securities is deemed to occur; (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions; and (vii) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% gross income test described above. We will monitor our transactions and may make certain tax elections in order to mitigate the potential adverse effect of these provisions.

 

Gain or loss realized by us from the sale or exchange of warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. The treatment of such gain or loss as long-term or short-term will depend on how long we held a particular warrant. Upon the exercise of a warrant acquired by us, our tax basis in the stock purchased under the warrant will equal the sum of the amount paid for the warrant plus the strike price paid on the exercise of the warrant. Except as set forth below in “Failure to Qualify as a Regulated Investment Company,” the remainder of this discussion assumes we will qualify as a RIC for each taxable year.

 

Taxation of U.S. Stockholders

 

Distributions by us generally will be taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our investment company taxable income will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. Distributions of our net capital gains (that is, the excess of our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly reported by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder as long-term capital gains, regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. Distributions of investment company taxable income that are reported by us as being derived from “qualified dividend income” will be taxed in the hands of non-corporate stockholders at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain, provided that holding period and other requirements are met by both the stockholders and us. Dividends distributed by us will generally not be attributable to qualified dividend income. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such U.S. stockholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. stockholder. For a summary of the tax rates applicable to capital gains, including capital gain dividends, see the discussion below.

 

Under the dividend reinvestment plan, if a U.S. stockholder owns shares of common stock registered in its own name, the U.S. stockholder will have all cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock unless the U.S. stockholder opts out of our dividend reinvestment plan by delivering a written notice to our dividend paying agent prior to the record date of the next dividend or distribution. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” Any distributions reinvested under the plan will nevertheless remain taxable to the U.S. stockholder. The U.S. stockholder will have an adjusted basis in the additional common shares purchased

 

106

---

Table of Contents

through the plan equal to the amount of cash they would have received if they had elected to receive the distribution in cash, or the fair market value of the distributed shares if such shares have a fair market value equal to or greater than net asset value. The additional shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. stockholder’s account.

 

Although we currently intend to distribute realized net capital gains (i.e., net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually, we may in the future decide to retain some or all of our net capital gains, but to designate the retained amount as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay corporate-level tax on the retained amount, each U.S. stockholder will be required to include its share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit or refund equal to its allocable share of the corporate-level tax we pay on the retained capital gain. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. stockholder’s cost basis for its common stock. Since we expect to pay tax on any retained capital gains at our regular corporate capital gain tax rate, and since that rate is in excess of the maximum rate currently payable by non-corporate U.S. stockholders on long-term capital gains, the amount of tax that non-corporate U.S. stockholders will be treated as having paid will exceed the tax they owe on the capital gain dividend. Such excess generally may be claimed as a credit or refund against the U.S. stockholder’s other U.S. federal income tax obligations. A U.S. stockholder that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or otherwise required to file a U.S. federal income tax return would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return on the appropriate form in order to claim a refund for the taxes we paid. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant tax year.

 

As a RIC, we will be subject to the alternative minimum tax (“AMT”), but any items that are treated differently for AMT purposes must be apportioned between us and our stockholders and this may affect the stockholders’ AMT liabilities. Although regulations explaining the precise method of apportionment have not yet been issued by the Internal Revenue Service, we intend in general to apportion these items in the same proportion that dividends paid to each stockholder bear to our taxable income (determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction), unless we determine that a different method for a particular item is warranted under the circumstances.

 

For purposes of determining (i) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (ii) the amount of dividends paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. stockholder generally will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November, or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

 

You should consider the tax implications of buying common stock just prior to a distribution. Even if the price of the common stock includes the amount of the forthcoming distribution, and the distribution economically represents a return of your investment, you will be taxed upon receipt of the distribution and will not be entitled to offset the distribution against the tax basis in your common stock.

 

You may recognize taxable gain or loss if you sell or exchange your common stock. The amount of the gain or loss will be measured by the difference between your adjusted tax basis in your common stock and the amount of the proceeds you receive in exchange for such stock. Any gain or loss arising from the sale or exchange of our common stock (or, in the case of distributions in excess of the sum of our current and accumulated earnings and profits and your tax basis in the stock, treated as arising from the sale or exchange of our common stock) generally will be a capital gain or loss if the common stock is held as a capital asset. This capital gain or loss normally will be treated as a long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your common stock for more than

 

107

---

Table of Contents

one year. Otherwise, it will be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or exchange of common stock held for six months or less generally will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or treated as deemed distributed, with respect to such stock. For this purpose, certain special rules, including rules relating to periods when your risk of loss with respect to your common stock has been diminished, generally apply in determining the holding period of such stock. The ability to deduct capital losses may be subject to other limitations under the Code.

 

In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our common stock may be disallowed if other shares of our common stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

 

In general, individual U.S. stockholders currently are subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20% on their net capital gain, i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss for a taxable year, including a long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our common stock. In addition, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, individuals with income in excess of $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of married individuals filing jointly or $125,000 in the case of married individuals filing separately) and certain estates and trusts are subject to an additional 3.8% tax on their “net investment income,” which generally includes net income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties, and rents, and net capital gains (other than certain amounts earned from trades or businesses). Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 35% rate also applied to ordinary income. Dividends distributed by us to corporate stockholders generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Tax rates imposed by states and local jurisdictions on capital gain and ordinary income may differ.

 

We (or the applicable withholding agent) will send to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a report detailing the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income, long-term capital gain and “qualified dividend income,” if any. In addition, the U.S. federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the Internal Revenue Service. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local, and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation.

 

Backup withholding may apply to distributions on the common stock with respect to certain non-exempt U.S. stockholders. Such U.S. stockholders generally will be subject to backup withholding unless the U.S. stockholder provides its correct taxpayer identification number and certain other information, certified under penalties of perjury, to the dividend paying agent, or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the proper information is provided to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

 

Whether an investment in our common stock is appropriate for a non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that stockholder’s particular circumstances. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors before investing in our common stock.

 

Distributions of our investment company taxable income to stockholders that are non-U.S. stockholders will currently be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits unless the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. stockholders, and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States. In that case, the distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the ordinary income rates applicable to U.S. stockholders and we will not have to withhold U.S. federal withholding tax if the non-U.S. stockholder complies with applicable certification

 

108

---

Table of Contents

and disclosure requirements. Special certification requirements apply to a non-U.S. stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors.

 

In addition, for taxable years beginning prior to January 1, 2014, U.S. source withholding taxes were not imposed on dividends paid by us to the extent the dividends were reported as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends.” Under this exemption, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally represented distributions of interest or short-term capital gains that would not have been subject to U.S. withholding tax at the source if they had been received directly by a foreign person, and that satisfied certain other requirements. No assurance can be given, however, as to whether this exemption will be extended for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2014 or whether any of our distributions will be reported as eligible for this exemption (if extended) from withholding tax.

 

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a stockholder that is a non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale or redemption of our common stock, will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. stockholder and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. stockholder in the United States, or, in the case of an individual, the non-U.S. stockholder was present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and certain other conditions are met.

 

If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions, a non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the corporate-level tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed; however, in order to obtain the refund, the non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a U.S. federal income tax return even if the non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal income tax return.

 

For a corporate non-U.S. stockholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale or redemption of our common stock that are effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty). Accordingly, investment in our stock may not be appropriate for a non-U.S. stockholder.

 

Under our dividend reinvestment plan, if a non-U.S. stockholder owns shares of common stock registered in its own name, the non-U.S. stockholder will have all cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock unless it opts out of our dividend reinvestment plan by delivering a written notice to our dividend paying agent prior to the record date of the next dividend or distribution. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” If the distribution is a distribution of our investment company taxable income, is not reported by us as a short-term capital gains dividend or interest-related dividend and it is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. stockholder (or, if a treaty applies, is not attributable to a permanent establishment), the amount distributed (to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits) will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) and only the net after-tax amount will be reinvested in common shares. If the distribution is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. stockholder, generally the full amount of the distribution will be reinvested in the plan and will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the ordinary income rates applicable to U.S. persons. The non-U.S. stockholder will have an adjusted basis in the additional common shares purchased through the plan equal to the amount of cash that they would have received if they had elected to receive the distribution in cash, or the fair market value of the distributed shares if such shares have a fair market value equal to or greater than net asset value. The additional shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the non-U.S. stockholder’s account.

 

Legislation enacted in 2009 generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions that fail to enter into an agreement with the United States Treasury to

 

109

---

Table of Contents

report certain required information with respect to accounts held by United States persons (or held by foreign entities that have U.S. persons as substantial owners). The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends paid after December 31, 2013, and the gross proceeds from the sale of any property that could produce U.S. source interest or dividends received after December 31, 2016. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and transaction activity within the holder’s account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding on payments to foreign entities that are not financial institutions unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. When these provisions become effective, depending on the status of a Non-U.S. Holder and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold their units, Non-U.S. Holders could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their units and proceeds from the sale of their units. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

 

A non-U.S. stockholder who is a nonresident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends unless the non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. stockholder or the non-U.S. stockholder otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

 

You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the specific tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and sale of our common stock.

 

Failure to Qualify as a Regulated Investment Company

 

If we were unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We would not be able to deduct distributions to stockholders, nor would they be required to be made. Such distributions would be taxable to our stockholders as dividends and, provided certain holding period and other requirements were met, could qualify for treatment as “qualified dividend income” in the hands of non-corporate stockholders (and thus eligible for the current 20% maximum rate) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate distributees would be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. To requalify as a RIC in a subsequent taxable year, we would be required to satisfy the RIC qualification requirements for that year and dispose of any earnings and profits from any year in which we failed to qualify as a RIC. Subject to a limited exception applicable to RICs that qualified as such under Subchapter M of the Code for at least one year prior to disqualification and that requalify as a RIC no later than the second year following the non-qualifying year, we could be subject to tax on any unrealized net built-in gains in the assets held by us during the period in which we failed to qualify as a RIC that are recognized within the subsequent 10 years, unless we made a special election to pay corporate-level tax on such built-in gain at the time of our requalification as a RIC.

 

110

---

Table of Contents

SALES OF COMMON STOCK BELOW NET ASSET VALUE

 

At our 2012 Annual Stockholders Meeting, our stockholders approved our ability to sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock, not exceeding 25% of our then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such offering, at a price or prices below the then current net asset value per share, in each case subject to the approval of our board of directors and compliance with the conditions set forth in the proxy statement pertaining thereto, during a period beginning on May 3, 2012 and expiring on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the date of the 2012 Annual Stockholders Meeting and the date of our 2013 Annual Stockholders Meeting, which will be held on April 30, 2013 (the “Stockholder Approval”). However, notwithstanding the Stockholder Approval, since our initial public offering on February 24, 2011, we have not sold any shares of our common stock at a price below our then current net asset value per share. At our 2013 Annual Stockholders Meeting, we have sought the re-approval of the Stockholder Approval.

 

To the extent we receive the re-approval of the Stockholder Approval, in order to sell shares of common stock pursuant to this authorization, no further authorization from our stockholders will need to be solicited, but a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the sale and a majority of our independent directors will have to (a) find that the sale is in our best interests and in the best interests of our stockholders and (b) in consultation with any underwriter or underwriters of the offering, make a good faith determination as of a time either immediately prior to the first solicitation by us or on our behalf of firm commitments to purchase such shares of common stock, or immediately prior to the issuance of such common stock, that the price at which such shares of common stock are to be sold is not less than a price which closely approximates the market value of those shares of common stock, less any distributing commission or discount.

 

To the extent we receive the re-approval of the Stockholder Approval, any offering of common stock below its net asset value per share will be designed to raise capital for investment in accordance with our investment objective.

 

In making a determination that an offering of common stock below its net asset value per share is in our and our stockholders’ best interests, our board of directors will consider a variety of factors including:

 

•

the effect that an offering below net asset value per share would have on our stockholders, including the potential dilution to the net asset value per share of our common stock our stockholders would experience as a result of the offering;

 

•

the amount per share by which the offering price per share and the net proceeds per share are less than our most recently determined net asset value per share;

 

•

the relationship of recent market prices of par common stock to net asset value per share and the potential impact of the offering on the market price per share of our common stock;

 

•

whether the estimated offering price would closely approximate the market value of shares of our common stock;

 

•

the potential market impact of being able to raise capital during the current financial market difficulties;

 

•

the nature of any new investors anticipated to acquire shares of our common stock in the offering;

 

•

the anticipated rate of return on and quality, type and availability of investments; and

 

•

the leverage available to us.

 

Our board of directors will also consider the fact that sales of shares of common stock at a discount will benefit our investment adviser as the investment adviser will earn additional investment management fees on the proceeds of such offerings, as it would from the offering of any other of our securities or from the offering of common stock at a premium to net asset value per share.

 

To the extent we receive the re-approval of the Stockholder Approval, we will not sell shares of our common stock under this prospectus or an accompanying prospectus supplement pursuant to the Stockholder Approval without first filing a new post-effective amendment to the registration statement if the cumulative

 

111

---

Table of Contents

dilution to our net asset value per share from offerings under the registration statement, as amended by any post-effective amendments, exceeds 15%. This would be measured separately for each offering pursuant to the registration statement, as amended by any post-effective amendments, by calculating the percentage dilution or accretion to aggregate net asset value from that offering and then summing the percentage from each offering. For example, if our most recently determined NAV per share at the time of the first offering is $18.00 and we have 10,000,000 million shares outstanding, the sale of 2.5 million shares at net proceeds to us of $9.00 per share (a 50% discount) would produce dilution of 10%. If we subsequently determined that our NAV per share increased to $20.00 on the then 12.5 million shares outstanding and then made an additional offering, we could, for example, sell approximately an additional 1.39 million shares at net proceeds to us of $10.00 per share, which would produce dilution of 5%, before we would reach the aggregate 15% limit. If we file a new post-effective amendment, the threshold would reset.

 

In addition, it should be noted that to the extent we receive the re-approval of the Stockholder Approval the maximum number of shares issuable below NAV per share that could result in such dilution is limited to 25% of our then outstanding common stock immediately prior to each such offering. As a result, the maximum amount of dilution to existing stockholders to the extent we receive the Stockholder Approval will be limited to no more than 20% of our then current NAV per share immediately prior to each such offering, assuming we were to issue the maximum number of shares at no more than par value, or $0.01 per share.

 

Sales by us of our common stock at a discount from net asset value per share pose potential risks for our existing stockholders whether or not they participate in the offering, as well as for new investors who participate in the offering. Any sale of common stock at a price below net asset value per share would result in an immediate dilution to existing common stockholders who do not participate in such sale on at least a pro-rata basis. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to an Investment in Our Securities — The net asset value per share of our common stock may be diluted if we sell shares of our common stock in one or more offerings at prices below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock.”

 

The following three headings and accompanying tables explain and provide hypothetical examples on the impact of an offering of our common stock at a price less than net asset value per share on three different types of investors:

 

•

existing stockholders who do not purchase any shares in the offering;

 

•

existing stockholders who purchase a relatively small amount of shares in the offering or a relatively large amount of shares in the offering; and

 

•

new investors who become stockholders by purchasing shares in the offering.

 

Impact On Existing Stockholders Who Do Not Participate in the Offering

 

Our current stockholders who do not participate in an offering below net asset value per share or who do not buy additional shares in the secondary market at the same or lower price as we obtain in the offering (after expenses and commissions) face the greatest potential risks. These stockholders will experience an immediate dilution in the net asset value of the shares of common stock they hold and their net asset value per share. These stockholders will also experience a disproportionately greater decrease in their participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than the increase we will experience in our assets, potential earning power and voting interests due to such offering. These stockholders may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential increases and decreases in net asset value per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and level of discounts increases. Further, if current stockholders do not purchase any shares to maintain their percentage interest, regardless of whether such offering is above or below the then current net asset value, their voting power will be diluted.

 

The following chart illustrates the level of net asset value dilution that would be experienced by a nonparticipating stockholder in three different hypothetical offerings of different sizes and levels of discount from net asset value per share. It is not possible to predict the level of market price decline that may occur.

 

112

---

Table of Contents

The hypothetical examples below assume that company XYZ has 30 million shares outstanding, $600 million in total assets and $150 million in total liabilities. The current net asset value and net asset value per share are thus $450 million and $15.00. The chart illustrates the dilutive effect on Stockholder A of (a) an offering of 1.5 million shares of common stock (5% of the outstanding shares) at $14.25 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 5% discount from net asset value), (b) an offering of 3 million shares of common stock (10% of the outstanding shares) at $13.50 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 10% discount from net asset value), (c) an offering of 6 million shares of common stock (20% of the outstanding shares) at $12.00 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 20% discount from net asset value), and (d) an offering of 7.5 million shares of common stock (25% of the outstanding shares) at $0.01 per share, the par value of our common stock (a 100% discount from net asset value). The prospectus supplement pursuant to which any discounted offering is made will include a chart based on the actual number of shares of common stock in such offering and the actual discount to the most recently determined net asset value. For example, if we issue 2,375,025 shares of our common stock (25% of our currently outstanding shares) at $0.01 per share, the par value of our common stock (a 100% discount from net asset value), then our net asset value per share following such offering will be $14.76, which will reflect a 20.00%% decrease in net asset value per share to those stockholders who do not participate in this offering. It is not possible to predict the level of market price decline that may occur.

 

						Example 1								Example 2								Example 3								Example 4
						5% Offering at 5% Discount								10% Offering at 10% Discount								20% Offering at 20% Discount								25% Offering at 100% Discount
		Prior to Sale				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change
Offering Price
Price per Share to Public						$	18.45							$	17.48							$	15.54							$	0.01
Net Proceeds per Share to Issuer						$	17.53							$	16.61							$	14.76							$	0.01
Decrease to Net Asset Value
Total Shares Outstanding			9,500,100				9,975,105				5.00	%			10,450,110				10.00	%			11,400,120				20.00	%			11,875,125				25.00	%
Net Asset Value per Share		$	18.45			$	18.41				(0.24	)%		$	18.28				(0.91	)%		$	17.84				(3.33	)%		$	14.76				(19.99	)%
Dilution to Nonparticipating Stockholder
Shares Held by Stockholder A			9,500				9,500				—	%			9,500				—	%			9,500				—	%			9,500				—	%
Percentage Held by Stockholder A			0.10	%			0.10	%			(4.76	)%			0.09	%			(9.09	)%			0.08	%			(16.67	)%			0.08	%			(20.00	)%
Total Net Asset Value Held by Stockholder A		$	175,277			$	174,860				(0.24	)%		$	173,683				(0.91	)%		$	169,434				(3.33	)%		$	140,240				(19.99	)%
Total Investment by Stockholder A (Assumed to be Current NAV per Share)		$	175,277			$	175,277							$	175,277							$	175,277							$	175,277
Total Dilution to Stockholder A (Total Net Asset Value Less Total Investment)						$	(417	)						$	(1,593	)						$	(5,843	)						$	(35,036	)
Investment per Share Held by Stockholder A (Assumed to be NAV per Share on Shares Held Prior to Sale)		$	18.45			$	18.45							$	18.45							$	18.45							$	18.45

 

113

---

Table of Contents

				Example 1								Example 2								Example 3								Example 4
				5% Offering at 5% Discount								10% Offering at 10% Discount								20% Offering at 20% Discount								25% Offering at 100% Discount
		Prior to Sale		Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change
Net Asset Value per Share Held by Stockholder A				$	18.41							$	18.28							$	17.84							$	14.76
Dilution per Share Held by Stockholder A (Net Asset Value per Share Less Investment per Share)				$	(0.04	)						$	(0.17	)						$	(0.62	)						$	(3.69	)
Percentage Dilution to Stockholder A (Dilution per Share Divided by Investment per Share)									(0.24	)%							(0.91	)%							(3.33	)%							(19.99	)%

 

Impact On Existing Stockholders Who Do Participate in the Offering

 

Our existing stockholders who participate in an offering below net asset value per share or who buy additional shares in the secondary market at the same or lower price as we obtain in the offering (after expenses and commissions) will experience the same types of net asset value dilution as the nonparticipating stockholders, although at a lower level, to the extent they purchase less than the same percentage of the discounted offering as their interest in shares of our common stock immediately prior to the offering. The level of net asset value dilution will decrease as the number of shares such stockholders purchase increases. Existing stockholders who buy more than such percentage will experience net asset value dilution but will, in contrast to existing stockholders who purchase less than their proportionate share of the offering, experience accretion in net asset value per share over their investment per share and will also experience a disproportionately greater increase in their participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than our increase in assets, potential earning power and voting interests due to such offering. The level of accretion will increase as the excess number of shares such stockholder purchases increases. Even a stockholder who over-participates will, however, be subject to the risk that we may make additional discounted offerings in which such stockholder does not participate, in which case such a stockholder will experience net asset value dilution as described above in such subsequent offerings. These stockholders may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential increases and decreases in net asset value per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and level of discounts increases.

 

The following chart illustrates the level of dilution and accretion in the hypothetical 20% discount offering from the prior chart (Example 3) for a stockholder that acquires shares equal to (a) 50% of its proportionate share of the offering (i.e., 3,000 shares, which is 0.05% of an offering of 6 million shares) rather than its 0.10% proportionate share and (b) 150% of such percentage (i.e. 9,000 shares, which is 0.15% of an offering of 6 million shares rather than its 0.10% proportionate share). The prospectus supplement pursuant to which any discounted offering is made will include a chart for these examples based on the actual number of shares in such offering and the actual discount from the most recently determined net asset value per share. It is not possible to predict the level of market price decline that may occur.

 

		Prior to Sale				50% Participation								150% Participation
						Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change
Offering Price
Price per Share to Public						$	15.54							$	15.54
Net Proceeds per Share to Issuer						$	14.76							$	14.76
Decrease/Increase to Net Asset Value
Total Shares Outstanding			9,500,100				11,400,120				20.00	%			11,400,120				20.00	%
Net Asset Value per Share		$	18.45			$	17.84				(3.33	)%		$	17.84				(3.33	)%

 

114

---

Table of Contents

		Prior to Sale				50% Participation								150% Participation
						Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change
Dilution/Accretion to Participating Stockholder
Shares Held by Stockholder A			9,500				10,450				10.00	%			12,350				30.00	%
Percentage Held by Stockholder A			0.10	%			0.09	%			(8.33	)%			0.11	%			8.33	%
Total Net Asset Value Held by Stockholder A		$	175,277			$	186,378				6.33	%		$	220,265				25.67	%
Total Investment by Stockholder A (Assumed to be Current NAV per Share on Shares Held Prior to Sale)						$	190,037							$	219,557
Total Dilution/Accretion to Stockholder A (Total Net Asset Value Less Total Investment)						$	(3,659	)						$	707
Investment per Share Held by Stockholder A (Assumed to be Net Asset Value on Shares Held Prior to Sale)		$	18.45			$	18.19				(1.44	)%		$	17.78				(3.64	)%
Net Asset Value per Share Held by Stockholder A						$	17.84							$	17.84
Dilution/Accretion per Share Held by Stockholder A (Net Asset Value per Shares Less Investment per Share)						$	(0.35	)						$	0.06
Percentage Dilution/Accretion to Stockholder A (Dilution per Share Divided by Investment per Share)											(1.96	)%							0.32	%

 

Impact On New Investors

 

Investors who are not currently stockholders and who participate in an offering of shares of our common stock below net asset value, but whose investment per share is greater than the resulting net asset value per share due to selling compensation and expenses paid by the Company, will experience an immediate decrease, although small, in the net asset value of their shares and their net asset value per share compared to the price they pay for their shares. Investors who are not currently stockholders and who participate in an offering of shares of our common stock below net asset value per share and whose investment per share is also less than the resulting net asset value per share due to selling compensation and expenses paid by the Company being significantly less than the discount per share, will experience an immediate increase in the net asset value of their shares and their net asset value per share compared to the price they pay for their shares. These investors will experience a disproportionately greater participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than our increase in assets, potential earning power and voting interests due to such offering. These investors will, however, be subject to the risk that we may make additional discounted offerings in which such new stockholder does not participate, in which case such new stockholder will experience dilution as described above in such subsequent offerings. These investors may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential increases and decreases in net asset value per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and level of discounts increases.

 

115

---

Table of Contents

The following chart illustrates the level of dilution or accretion for new investors that would be experienced by a new investor in the same hypothetical 5%, 10%, 20% and 25% discounted offerings as described in the first chart above. The illustration is for a new investor who purchases the same percentage (0.10%) of the shares in the offering as Stockholder A in the prior examples held immediately prior to the offering. The prospectus supplement pursuant to which any discounted offering is made will include a chart for these examples based on the actual number of shares in such offering and the actual discount from the most recently determined net asset value per share. It is not possible to predict the level of market price decline that may occur.

 

						Example 1								Example 2								Example 3								Example 4
						5% Offering at 5% Discount								10% Offering at 10% Discount								20% Offering at 20% Discount								25% Offering at 100% Discount
		Prior to Sale				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change				Following Sale				% Change
Price per Share to Public						$	18.45							$	17.48							$	15.54							$	0.01
Net Proceeds per Share to Issuer						$	17.53							$	16.61							$	14.76							$	0.01
Total Shares Outstanding			9,500,100				9,975,105				5.00	%			10,450,110				10.00	%			11,400,120				20.00	%			11,875,125				25.00	%
Net Asset Value per Share		$	18.45			$	18.41				(0.24	)%		$	18.28				(0.91	)%		$	17.84				(3.33	)%		$	14.76				(19.99	)%
Dilution/Accretion to New Investor A
Shares Held by Investor A							475								950								1,900								2,375
Percentage Held by Stockholder A							0.00	%							0.01	%							0.02	%							0.02	%
Total Net Asset Value Held by Investor A						$	8,743							$	17,368							$	33,887							$	35,060
Total Investment by Investor A (At Price to Public)		$	—			$	8,764							$	16,605							$	29,520							$	24
Total Dilution/Accretion to Investor A (Total Net Asset Value Less Total Investment)						$	(21	)						$	763							$	4,367							$	35,036
Investment per Share Held by Investor A		$	—			$	18.45							$	17.48							$	15.54							$	0.01
Net Asset Value per Share Held by Investor A						$	18.41							$	18.28							$	17.84							$	14.76
Dilution/Accretion per Share Held by Investor A (Net Asset Value per Share Less Investment per Share)						$	(0.04	)						$	0.80							$	2.30							$	14.75
Percentage Dilution/Accretion to Investor A (Dilution per Share Divided by Investment per Share)											(0.24	)%							4.60	%							14.79	%							147,520	%

 

 

116

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following description is based on relevant portions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and on our charter and bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

 

Stock

 

The authorized stock of Solar Senior Capital Ltd. consists of 200,000,000 shares of stock, par value $0.01 per share, all of which are initially designated as common stock. Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “SUNS”. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Maryland law, our stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations.

 

The following are our outstanding classes of securities as of April 24, 2013:

 

(1) Title of Class

(2) Amount Authorized

(3) Amount Held by Us or for Our Account

(4) Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Amounts Shown Under(3)

Common stock

200,000,000

—

11,510,796

 

Under our charter our board of directors is authorized to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock without obtaining stockholder approval. As permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, our charter provides that the board of directors, without any action by our stockholders, may amend the charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue.

 

Common Stock

 

All shares of our common stock have equal rights as to earnings, assets, voting, and dividends and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to the holders of our common stock if, as and when authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of assets legally available therefor. Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock can elect all of our directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will be unable to elect any director.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our charter authorizes our board of directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock, including preferred stock. The cost of any such reclassification would be borne by our existing common stockholders. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the board of directors is required by Maryland law and by our charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of

 

117

---

Table of Contents

redemption for each class or series. Thus, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. You should note, however, that any issuance of preferred stock must comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two full years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, holders of preferred stock would vote separately from the holders of common stock on a proposal to cease operations as a business development company. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions. However, we do not currently have any plans to issue preferred stock.

 

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

 

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Our charter authorizes us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer of the corporation or any individual who, while serving as our director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while serving as our director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding without requiring a preliminary determination of his or her ultimate entitlement to indemnification. The charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of us in any of the capacities described above and any of our employees or agents or any employees or agents of our predecessor. In accordance with the 1940 Act, we will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

 

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments,

 

118

---

Table of Contents

penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received unless, in either case, a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer in advance of final disposition of a proceeding upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors. The indemnification agreements provide our directors the maximum indemnification permitted under Maryland law and the 1940 Act.

 

Our insurance policy does not currently provide coverage for claims, liabilities and expenses that may arise out of activities that our present or former directors or officers have performed for another entity at our request. There is no assurance that such entities will in fact carry such insurance. However, we note that we do not expect to request our present or former directors or officers to serve another entity as a director, officer, partner or trustee unless we can obtain insurance providing coverage for such persons for any claims, liabilities or expenses that may arise out of their activities while serving in such capacities.

 

Certain Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

 

The Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquiror to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.

 

Classified Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. The initial terms of the first, second and third classes expire in 2015, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and in each case, those directors will serve until their successors are duly elected and qualify. Upon expiration of their current terms, directors of each class will be elected to serve for three-year terms and until their successors are duly elected and qualify and each year one class of directors will be elected by the stockholders. A classified board may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified board of directors will help to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.

 

Election of Directors

 

As permitted by our charter, our bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of a plurality of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present will be required to elect a director. Pursuant to our charter and bylaws our board of directors may amend the bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.

 

119

---

Table of Contents

Number of Directors; Vacancies; Removal

 

Our charter provides that the number of directors will be set only by the board of directors in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire board of directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, the number of directors may never be less than one nor more than twelve unless our bylaws are amended in which case we may have more than twelve directors but never less than one. Our charter provides that, at such time as we have at least three independent directors and our common stock is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, we elect to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the Maryland General Corporation Law regarding the filling of vacancies on the board of directors. Accordingly, at such time, except as may be provided by the board of directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any and all vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Our charter provides that a director may be removed only for cause, as defined in our charter, and then only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors.

 

Action by Stockholders

 

Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or (unless the charter provides for stockholder action by less than unanimous written consent, which our charter does not) by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. These provisions, combined with the requirements of our bylaws regarding the calling of a stockholder-requested special meeting of stockholders discussed below, may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.

 

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

 

Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by the board of directors or (3) by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of our bylaws. With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors at a special meeting may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by the board of directors or (3) provided that the board of directors has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws.

 

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our board of directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give our board of directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

 

120

---

Table of Contents

Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders

 

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by our board of directors and certain of our officers. Additionally, our bylaws provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the stockholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of stockholders will be called by the secretary of the corporation upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.

 

Approval of Extraordinary Corporate Action; Amendment of Charter and Bylaws

 

Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business, unless approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. However, a Maryland corporation may provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a lesser percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our charter generally provides for approval of charter amendments and extraordinary transactions by the stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our charter also provides that the following matters require the approval of stockholders entitled to cast at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast: (i) certain charter amendments; (ii) any proposal for our conversion, whether by merger or otherwise, from a closed-end company to an open-end company; (iii) any proposal for our liquidation or dissolution; (iv) any proposal regarding a merger, consolidation, share exchange or sale or exchange of all or substantially all of our assets that the Maryland General Corporation Law requires to be approved by our stockholders; or (v) any transaction between us and a person, or group of persons acting together (including, without limitation, a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), and any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any such person or member of such group, that is entitled to exercise or direct the exercise, or acquire the right to exercise or direct the exercise, directly or indirectly, other than solely by virtue of a revocable proxy, of one-tenth or more of the voting power in the election of directors generally. However, if such amendment or proposal is approved by a majority of our continuing directors (in addition to approval by our board of directors), such amendment or proposal may be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on such a matter, provided that with respect to any transaction referred to in (v) above, if such transaction is approved by the continuing directors, by a vote of at least two-thirds of such continuing directors, no stockholder approval of such transaction is required unless the Maryland General Corporation Law or another provision of our charter or bylaws otherwise requires such approval. The “continuing directors” are defined in our charter as (1) our current directors, (2) those directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of our current directors then on the board of directors or (3) any successor directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of continuing directors or the successor continuing directors then in office.

 

Our charter and bylaws provide that the board of directors will have the exclusive power to make, alter, amend or repeal any provision of our bylaws.

 

No Appraisal Rights

 

Except with respect to appraisal rights arising in connection with the Control Share Act discussed below, as permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, our charter provides that stockholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights unless a majority of the board of directors shall determine such rights apply.

 

Control Share Acquisitions

 

The Maryland General Corporation Law provides that control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, or the Control Shares Act. Shares owned by the acquiror, by officers or by

 

121

---

Table of Contents

directors who are employees of the corporation are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquiror or in respect of which the acquiror is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquiror to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

 

•

one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

 

•

one-third or more but less than a majority; or

 

•

a majority or more of all voting power.

 

The requisite stockholder approval must be obtained each time an acquiror crosses one of the thresholds of voting power set forth above. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

 

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the board of directors of the corporation to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

 

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then the corporation may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations, including, as provided in our bylaws, compliance with the 1940 Act. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquiror or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquiror becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquiror in the control share acquisition.

 

The Control Share Act does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation. Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Act any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares of stock. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future. However, we will amend our bylaws to be subject to the Control Share Act only if the board of directors determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Control Share Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act. The SEC staff has issued informal guidance setting forth its position that certain provisions of the Control Share Act would, if implemented, violate Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act.

 

Business Combinations

 

Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder (the “Business Combination Act”). These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested stockholder is defined as:

 

•

any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock; or

 

122

---

Table of Contents

•

an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

 

A person is not an interested stockholder under this statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the stockholder otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

 

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

 

•

80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

 

•

two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

 

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

 

The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the board of directors before the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Our board of directors has adopted a resolution that any business combination between us and any other person is exempted from the provisions of the Business Combination Act, provided that the business combination is first approved by the board of directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons as defined in the 1940 Act. This resolution may be altered or repealed in whole or in part at any time; however, our board of directors will adopt resolutions so as to make us subject to the provisions of the Business Combination Act only if the board of directors determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Business Combination Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act. If this resolution is repealed, or the board of directors does not otherwise approve a business combination, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

 

Conflict with 1940 Act

 

Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law, including the Control Share Act (if we amend our bylaws to be subject to such Act) and the Business Combination Act, or any provision of our charter or bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.

 

123

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR DEBT SECURITIES

 

We may issue debt securities in one or more series. The specific terms of each series of debt securities will be described in the particular prospectus supplement relating to that series. The prospectus supplement may or may not modify the general terms found in this prospectus and will be filed with the SEC. For a complete description of the terms of a particular series of debt securities, you should read both this prospectus and the prospectus supplement relating to that particular series.

 

As required by federal law for all bonds and notes of companies that are publicly offered, the debt securities are governed by a document called an “indenture.” An indenture is a contract between us and a financial institution acting as trustee on your behalf, and is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The trustee has two main roles. First, the trustee can enforce your rights against us if we default. There are some limitations on the extent to which the trustee acts on your behalf, described in the second paragraph under “Events of Default — Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs.” Second, the trustee performs certain administrative duties for us with respect to the debt securities.

 

Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every aspect of the debt securities and the indenture. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as a holder of debt securities. A copy of the form of indenture is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We will file a supplemental indenture with the SEC prior to the commencement of any debt offering, at which time the supplemental indenture would be publicly available. See “Available Information” for information on how to obtain a copy of the indenture.

 

The prospectus supplement, which will accompany this prospectus, will describe the particular series of debt securities being offered by including:

 

•

the designation or title of the series of debt securities;

 

•

the total principal amount of the series of debt securities;

 

•

the percentage of the principal amount at which the series of debt securities will be offered;

 

•

the date or dates on which principal will be payable;

 

•

the rate or rates (which may be either fixed or variable) and/or the method of determining such rate or rates of interest, if any;

 

•

the date or dates from which any interest will accrue, or the method of determining such date or dates, and the date or dates on which any interest will be payable;

 

•

whether any interest may be paid by issuing additional securities of the same series in lieu of cash (and the terms upon which any such interest may be paid by issuing additional securities);

 

•

the terms for redemption, extension or early repayment, if any;

 

•

the currencies in which the series of debt securities are issued and payable;

 

•

whether the amount of payments of principal, premium or interest, if any, on a series of debt securities will be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which could be based on one or more currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices) and how these amounts will be determined;

 

•

the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, of payment, transfer, conversion and/or exchange of the debt securities;

 

•

the denominations in which the offered debt securities will be issued (if other than $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof for registered securities or $5,000 for bearer securities);

 

•

the provision for any sinking fund;

 

•

any restrictive covenants;

 

124

---

Table of Contents

•

any Events of Default;

 

•

whether the series of debt securities are issuable in certificated form;

 

•

any provisions for defeasance or covenant defeasance;

 

•

any special federal income tax implications, including, if applicable, federal income tax considerations relating to original issue discount;

 

•

whether and under what circumstances we will pay additional amounts in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether we will have the option to redeem the debt securities rather than pay the additional amounts (and the terms of this option);

 

•

any provisions for convertibility or exchangeability of the debt securities into or for any other securities;

 

•

whether the debt securities are subject to subordination and the terms of such subordination;

 

•

whether the debt securities are secured and the terms of any security interests;

 

•

the listing, if any, on a securities exchange; and

 

•

any other terms.

 

The debt securities may be secured or unsecured obligations. Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted, as a BDC, to issue debt only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after each issuance of debt. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, will be paid by us in immediately available funds.

 

General

 

The indenture provides that any debt securities proposed to be sold under this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement (“offered debt securities”) may be issued under the indenture in one or more series.

 

For purposes of this prospectus, any reference to the payment of principal of or premium or interest, if any, on debt securities will include additional amounts if required by the terms of the debt securities.

 

The indenture does not limit the amount of debt securities that may be issued thereunder from time to time. Debt securities issued under the indenture, when a single trustee is acting for all debt securities issued under the indenture, are called the “indenture securities”. The indenture also provides that there may be more than one trustee thereunder, each with respect to one or more different series of indenture securities. See “Resignation of Trustee” below. At a time when two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, each with respect to only certain series, the term “indenture securities” means the one or more series of debt securities with respect to which each respective trustee is acting. In the event that there is more than one trustee under the indenture, the powers and trust obligations of each trustee described in this prospectus will extend only to the one or more series of indenture securities for which it is trustee. If two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, then the indenture securities for which each trustee is acting would be treated as if issued under separate indentures.

 

The indenture does not contain any provisions that give you protection in the event we issue a large amount of debt or we are acquired by another entity.

 

We refer you to the prospectus supplement for information with respect to any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or our covenants that are described below, including any addition of a covenant or other provision providing event risk protection or similar protection.

 

We have the ability to issue indenture securities with terms different from those of indenture securities previously issued and, without the consent of the holders thereof, to reopen a previous issue of a series of indenture securities and issue additional indenture securities of that series unless the reopening was restricted when that series was created.

 

125

---

Table of Contents

Conversion and Exchange

 

If any debt securities are convertible into or exchangeable for other securities, the prospectus supplement will explain the terms and conditions of the conversion or exchange, including the conversion price or exchange ratio (or the calculation method), the conversion or exchange period (or how the period will be determined), if conversion or exchange will be mandatory or at the option of the holder or us, provisions for adjusting the conversion price or the exchange ratio and provisions affecting conversion or exchange in the event of the redemption of the underlying debt securities. These terms may also include provisions under which the number or amount of other securities to be received by the holders of the debt securities upon conversion or exchange would be calculated according to the market price of the other securities as of a time stated in the prospectus supplement.

 

Issuance of Securities in Registered Form

 

We may issue the debt securities in registered form, in which case we may issue them either in book-entry form only or in “certificated” form. Debt securities issued in book-entry form will be represented by global securities. We expect that we will usually issue debt securities in book-entry only form represented by global securities.

 

We also will have the option of issuing debt securities in non-registered form as bearer securities if we issue the securities outside the United States to non-U.S. persons. In that case, the prospectus supplement will set forth the mechanics for holding the bearer securities, including the procedures for receiving payments, for exchanging the bearer securities, including the procedures for receiving payments, for exchanging the bearer securities for registered securities of the same series, and for receiving notices. The prospectus supplement will also describe the requirements with respect to our maintenance of offices or agencies outside the United States and the applicable U.S. federal tax law requirements.

 

Book-Entry Holders

 

We will issue registered debt securities in book-entry form only, unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement. This means debt securities will be represented by one or more global securities registered in the name of a depositary that will hold them on behalf of financial institutions that participate in the depositary’s book-entry system. These participating institutions, in turn, hold beneficial interests in the debt securities held by the depositary or its nominee. These institutions may hold these interests on behalf of themselves or customers.

 

Under the indenture, only the person in whose name a debt security is registered is recognized as the holder of that debt security. Consequently, for debt securities issued in book-entry form, we will recognize only the depositary as the holder of the debt securities and we will make all payments on the debt securities to the depositary. The depositary will then pass along the payments it receives to its participants, which in turn will pass the payments along to their customers who are the beneficial owners. The depositary and its participants do so under agreements they have made with one another or with their customers; they are not obligated to do so under the terms of the debt securities.

 

As a result, investors will not own debt securities directly. Instead, they will own beneficial interests in a global security, through a bank, broker or other financial institution that participates in the depositary’s book-entry system or holds an interest through a participant. As long as the debt securities are represented by one or more global securities, investors will be indirect holders, and not holders, of the debt securities.

 

Street Name Holders

 

In the future, we may issue debt securities in certificated form or terminate a global security. In these cases, investors may choose to hold their debt securities in their own names or in “street name.” Debt securities held in

 

126

---

Table of Contents

street name are registered in the name of a bank, broker or other financial institution chosen by the investor, and the investor would hold a beneficial interest in those debt securities through the account he or she maintains at that institution.

 

For debt securities held in street name, we will recognize only the intermediary banks, brokers and other financial institutions in whose names the debt securities are registered as the holders of those debt securities and we will make all payments on those debt securities to them. These institutions will pass along the payments they receive to their customers who are the beneficial owners, but only because they agree to do so in their customer agreements or because they are legally required to do so. Investors who hold debt securities in street name will be indirect holders, and not holders, of the debt securities.

 

Legal Holders

 

Our obligations, as well as the obligations of the applicable trustee and those of any third parties employed by us or the applicable trustee, run only to the legal holders of the debt securities. We do not have obligations to investors who hold beneficial interests in global securities, in street name or by any other indirect means. This will be the case whether an investor chooses to be an indirect holder of a debt security or has no choice because we are issuing the debt securities only in book-entry form.

 

For example, once we make a payment or give a notice to the holder, we have no further responsibility for the payment or notice even if that holder is required, under agreements with depositary participants or customers or by law, to pass it along to the indirect holders but does not do so. Similarly, if we want to obtain the approval of the holders for any purpose (for example, to amend an indenture or to relieve us of the consequences of a default or of our obligation to comply with a particular provision of an indenture), we would seek the approval only from the holders, and not the indirect holders, of the debt securities. Whether and how the holders contact the indirect holders is up to the holders.

 

When we refer to you, we mean those who invest in the debt securities being offered by this prospectus, whether they are the holders or only indirect holders of those debt securities. When we refer to your debt securities, we mean the debt securities in which you hold a direct or indirect interest.

 

Special Considerations for Indirect Holders

 

If you hold debt securities through a bank, broker or other financial institution, either in book-entry form or in street name, we urge you to check with that institution to find out:

 

•

how it handles securities payments and notices,

 

•

whether it imposes fees or charges,

 

•

how it would handle a request for the holders’ consent, if ever required,

 

•

whether and how you can instruct it to send you debt securities registered in your own name so you can be a holder, if that is permitted in the future for a particular series of debt securities,

 

•

how it would exercise rights under the debt securities if there were a default or other event triggering the need for holders to act to protect their interests, and

 

•

if the debt securities are in book-entry form, how the depositary’s rules and procedures will affect these matters.

 

Global Securities

 

As noted above, we usually will issue debt securities as registered securities in book-entry form only. A global security represents one or any other number of individual debt securities. Generally, all debt securities represented by the same global securities will have the same terms.

 

127

---

Table of Contents

Each debt security issued in book-entry form will be represented by a global security that we deposit with and register in the name of a financial institution or its nominee that we select. The financial institution that we select for this purpose is called the depositary. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, known as DTC, will be the depositary for all debt securities issued in book-entry form.

 

A global security may not be transferred to or registered in the name of anyone other than the depositary or its nominee, unless special termination situations arise. We describe those situations below under “Special Situations when a Global Security Will Be Terminated”. As a result of these arrangements, the depositary, or its nominee, will be the sole registered owner and holder of all debt securities represented by a global security, and investors will be permitted to own only beneficial interests in a global security. Beneficial interests must be held by means of an account with a broker, bank or other financial institution that in turn has an account with the depositary or with another institution that has an account with the depositary. Thus, an investor whose security is represented by a global security will not be a holder of the debt security, but only an indirect holder of a beneficial interest in the global security.

 

Special Considerations for Global Securities

 

As an indirect holder, an investor’s rights relating to a global security will be governed by the account rules of the investor’s financial institution and of the depositary, as well as general laws relating to securities transfers. The depositary that holds the global security will be considered the holder of the debt securities represented by the global security.

 

If debt securities are issued only in the form of a global security, an investor should be aware of the following:

 

•

An investor cannot cause the debt securities to be registered in his or her name, and cannot obtain certificates for his or her interest in the debt securities, except in the special situations we describe below.

 

•

An investor will be an indirect holder and must look to his or her own bank or broker for payments on the debt securities and protection of his or her legal rights relating to the debt securities, as we describe under “Issuance of Securities in Registered Form” above.

 

•

An investor may not be able to sell interests in the debt securities to some insurance companies and other institutions that are required by law to own their securities in non-book-entry form.

 

•

An investor may not be able to pledge his or her interest in a global security in circumstances where certificates representing the debt securities must be delivered to the lender or other beneficiary of the pledge in order for the pledge to be effective.

 

•

The depositary’s policies, which may change from time to time, will govern payments, transfers, exchanges and other matters relating to an investor’s interest in a global security. We and the trustee have no responsibility for any aspect of the depositary’s actions or for its records of ownership interests in a global security. We and the trustee also do not supervise the depositary in any way.

 

•

If we redeem less than all the debt securities of a particular series being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount to be redeemed from each of its participants holding that series.

 

•

An investor is required to give notice of exercise of any option to elect repayment of its debt securities, through its participant, to the applicable trustee and to deliver the related debt securities by causing its participant to transfer its interest in those debt securities, on DTC’s records, to the applicable trustee.

 

•

DTC requires that those who purchase and sell interests in a global security deposited in its book-entry system use immediately available funds. Your broker or bank may also require you to use immediately available funds when purchasing or selling interests in a global security.

 

128

---

Table of Contents

•

Financial institutions that participate in the depositary’s book-entry system, and through which an investor holds its interest in a global security, may also have their own policies affecting payments, notices and other matters relating to the debt securities. There may be more than one financial intermediary in the chain of ownership for an investor. We do not monitor and are not responsible for the actions of any of those intermediaries.

 

Special Situations when a Global Security will be Terminated

 

In a global security is terminated, interests in it will be exchanged for certificates in non-book-entry form (certificated securities). After that exchange, the choice of whether to hold the certificated debt securities directly or in street name will be up to the investor. Investors must consult their own banks or brokers to find out how to have their interests in a global security transferred on termination to their own names, so that they will be holders. We have described the rights of legal holders and street name investors under “Issuance of Securities in Registered Form” above.

 

The prospectus supplement may list situations for terminating a global security that would apply only to the particular series of debt securities covered by the prospectus supplement. If a global security is terminated, only the depositary, and not we or the applicable trustee, is responsible for deciding the names of the institutions in whose names the debt securities represented by the global security will be registered and, therefore, who will be the holders of those debt securities.

 

Payment and Paying Agents

 

We will pay interest (either in cash or by delivery of additional indenture securities, as applicable) to the person listed in the applicable trustee’s records as the owner of the debt security at the close of business on a particular day in advance of each due date for interest, even if that person no longer owns the debt security on the interest due date. That day, usually about two weeks in advance of the interest due date, is called the “record date.” Because we will pay all the interest for an interest period to the holders on the record date, holders buying and selling debt securities must work out between themselves the appropriate purchase price. The most common manner is to adjust the sales price of the debt securities to prorate interest fairly between buyer and seller based on their respective ownership periods within the particular interest period. This prorated interest amount is called “accrued interest.”

 

Payments on Global Securities

 

We will make payments on a global security in accordance with the applicable policies of the depositary as in effect from time to time. Under those policies, we will make payments directly to the depositary, or its nominee, and not to any indirect holders who own beneficial interests in the global security. An indirect holder’s right to those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depositary and its participants, as described under “ — Special Considerations for Global Securities.”

 

Payments on Certificated Securities

 

We will make payments on a certificated debt security as follows. We will pay interest that is due on an interest payment date to the holder of debt securities as shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of business on the regular record date at our office in New York, NY and/or at other offices that may be specified in the prospectus supplement. We will make all payments of principal and premium, if any, by check at the office of the applicable trustee in New York, NY and/or at other offices that may be specified in the prospectus supplement or in a notice to holders against surrender of the debt security.

 

Alternatively, at our option, we may pay any cash interest that becomes due on the debt security by mailing a check to the holder at his or her address shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of business on the regular record date or by transfer to an account at a bank in the United States, in either case, on the due date.

 

129

---

Table of Contents

Payment When Offices Are Closed

 

If any payment is due on a debt security on a day that is not a business day, we will make the payment on the next day that is a business day. Payments made on the next business day in this situation will be treated under the indenture as if they were made on the original due date, except as otherwise indicated in the attached prospectus supplement. Such payment will not result in a default under any debt security or the indenture, and no interest will accrue on the payment amount from the original due date to the next day that is a business day.

 

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how they will receive payments on their debt securities.

 

Events of Default

 

You will have rights if an Event of Default occurs in respect of the debt securities of your series and is not cured, as described later in this subsection.

 

The term “Event of Default” in respect of the debt securities of your series means any of the following:

 

•

We do not pay the principal of, or any premium on, a debt security of the series on its due date.

 

•

We do not pay interest on a debt security of the series within 30 days of its due date.

 

•

We do not deposit any sinking fund payment in respect of debt securities of the series within 2 business days of its due date.

 

•

We remain in breach of a covenant in respect of debt securities of the series for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach. The notice must be sent by either the trustee or holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of debt securities of the series.

 

•

We file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur.

 

•

Any class of debt securities has an asset coverage of less than 100 per centum on the last business day of each of twenty-four consecutive calendar months.

 

•

Any other Event of Default in respect of debt securities of the series described in the prospectus supplement occurs.

 

An Event of Default for a particular series of debt securities does not necessarily constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of debt securities of any default, except in the payment of principal, premium or interest, if it in good faith considers the withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

 

Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs

 

If an Event of Default has occurred and has not been cured, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may declare the entire principal amount of all the debt securities of that series to be due and immediately payable. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. A declaration of acceleration of maturity may be canceled by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series if (1) we have deposited with the trustee all amounts due and owing with respect to the securities (other than principal that has become due solely by reason of such acceleration) and certain other amounts, and (2) no other Events of Default are continuing.

 

Except in cases of default, where the trustee has some special duties, the trustee is not required to take any action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee reasonable protection from expenses and liability (called an “indemnity”). If reasonable indemnity is provided, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the relevant series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the trustee. The trustee may refuse to follow those directions in certain circumstances. No delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy will be treated as a waiver of that right, remedy or Event of Default.

 

130

---

Table of Contents

Before you are allowed to bypass your trustee and bring your own lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your rights or protect your interests relating to the debt securities, the following must occur:

 

•

You must give your trustee written notice that an Event of Default with respect to the relevant series of debt securities has occurred and remains uncured.

 

•

The holders of at least 25% in principal amount of all outstanding debt securities of the relevant series must make a written request that the trustee take action because of the default and must offer reasonable indemnity to the trustee against the cost and other liabilities of taking that action.

 

•

The trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after receipt of the above notice and offer of indemnity.

 

•

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of that series must not have given the trustee a direction inconsistent with the above notice during that 60-day period.

 

However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the payment of money due on your debt securities on or after the due date.

 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may waive any past defaults other than

 

•

the payment of principal, any premium or interest or

 

•

in respect of a covenant that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each holder.

 

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how to give notice or direction to or make a request of the trustee and how to declare or cancel an acceleration of maturity.

 

Each year, we will furnish to each trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the indenture and the debt securities or else specifying any default.

 

Merger or Consolidation

 

Under the terms of the indenture, we are generally permitted to consolidate or merge with another entity. We are also permitted to sell all or substantially all of our assets to another entity. However, we may not take any of these actions unless all the following conditions are met:

 

•

Where we merge out of existence or sell our assets, the resulting entity must agree to be legally responsible for our obligations under the debt securities.

 

•

The merger or sale of assets must not cause a default on the debt securities and we must not already be in default (unless the merger or sale would cure the default). For purposes of this no-default test, a default would include an Event of Default that has occurred and has not been cured, as described under “Events of Default” above. A default for this purpose would also include any event that would be an Event of Default if the requirements for giving us a notice of default or our default having to exist for a specific period of time were disregarded.

 

•

We must deliver certain certificates and documents to the trustee.

 

•

We must satisfy any other requirements specified in the prospectus supplement relating to a particular series of debt securities.

 

Modification or Waiver

 

There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and the debt securities issued thereunder.

 

131

---

Table of Contents

Changes Requiring Your Approval

 

First, there are changes that we cannot make to your debt securities without your specific approval. The following is a list of those types of changes:

 

•

change the stated maturity of the principal of, or interest on, a debt security;

 

•

reduce any amounts due on a debt security;

 

•

reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a security following a default;

 

•

adversely affect any right of repayment at the holder’s option;

 

•

change the place (except as otherwise described in the prospectus or prospectus supplement) or currency of payment on a debt security;

 

•

impair your right to sue for payment;

 

•

adversely affect any right to convert or exchange a debt security in accordance with its terms;

 

•

modify the subordination provisions in the indenture in a manner that is adverse to holders of the debt securities;

 

•

reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture;

 

•

reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or to waive certain defaults;

 

•

modify any other aspect of the provisions of the indenture dealing with supplemental indentures, modification and waiver of past defaults, changes to the quorum or voting requirements or the waiver of certain covenants; and

 

•

change any obligation we have to pay additional amounts.

 

Changes Not Requiring Approval

 

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the debt securities. This type is limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the outstanding debt securities in any material respect. We also do not need any approval to make any change that affects only debt securities to be issued under the indenture after the change takes effect.

 

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

 

Any other change to the indenture and the debt securities would require the following approval:

 

•

If the change affects only one series of debt securities, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of that series.

 

•

If the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

 

In each case, the required approval must be given by written consent.

 

The holders of a majority in principal amount of a series of debt securities issued under the indenture, voting together as one class for this purpose, may waive our compliance with some of our covenants applicable to that series of debt securities. However, we cannot obtain a waiver of a payment default or of any of the matters covered by the bullet points included above under “ — Changes Requiring Your Approval.”

 

132

---

Table of Contents

Further Details Concerning Voting

 

When taking a vote, we will use the following rules to decide how much principal to attribute to a debt security:

 

•

For original issue discount securities, we will use the principal amount that would be due and payable on the voting date if the maturity of these debt securities were accelerated to that date because of a default.

 

•

For debt securities whose principal amount is not known (for example, because it is based on an index), we will use the principal face amount at original issuance or a special rule for that debt security described in the prospectus supplement.

 

•

For debt securities denominated in one or more foreign currencies, we will use the U.S. dollar equivalent.

 

Debt securities will not be considered outstanding, and therefore not eligible to vote, if we have deposited or set aside in trust money for their payment or redemption or if we, any other obligor, or any affiliate of us or any obligor own such debt securities. Debt securities will also not be eligible to vote if they have been fully defeased as described later under “Defeasance — Full Defeasance.”

 

We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the holders of outstanding indenture securities that are entitled to vote or take other action under the indenture. However, the record date may not be more than 30 days before the date of the first solicitation of holders to vote on or take such action. If we set a record date for a vote or other action to be taken by holders of one or more series, that vote or action may be taken only by persons who are holders of outstanding indenture securities of those series on the record date and must be taken within eleven months following the record date.

 

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how approval may be granted or denied if we seek to change the indenture or the debt securities or request a waiver.

 

Defeasance

 

The following provisions will be applicable to each series of debt securities unless we state in the applicable prospectus supplement that the provisions of covenant defeasance and full defeasance will not be applicable to that series.

 

Covenant Defeasance

 

Under current United States federal tax law and the indenture, we can make the deposit described below and be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the indenture under which the particular series was issued. This is called “covenant defeasance”. In that event, you would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants but would gain the protection of having money and government securities set aside in trust to repay your debt securities. If applicable, you also would be released from the subordination provisions described under “Indenture Provisions — Subordination” below. In order to achieve covenant defeasance, we must do the following:

 

•

We must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of a series of debt securities a combination of cash (in such currency in which such securities and any coupons appertaining thereto are then specified as payable at stated maturity) or government obligations applicable to such securities and coupons appertaining thereto (determined on the basis of the currency in which such securities and coupons appertaining thereto are then specified as payable at stated maturity) that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates and any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments.

 

•

We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that, under current United States federal income tax law, we may make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves at maturity.

 

133

---

Table of Contents

•

We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, as amended, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to covenant defeasance have been complied with.

 

•

Defeasance must not result in a breach or violation of, or result in a default under, of the indenture or any of our other material agreements or instruments.

 

•

No default or event of default with respect to such debt securities and any coupons appertaining thereto shall have occurred and be continuing and no defaults or events of default related to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization shall occur during the next 90 days.

 

•

Satisfy the conditions for covenant defeasance contained in any supplemental indentures.

 

If we accomplish covenant defeasance, you can still look to us for repayment of the debt securities if there were a shortfall in the trust deposit or the trustee is prevented from making payment. In fact, if one of the remaining Events of Default occurred (such as our bankruptcy) and the debt securities became immediately due and payable, there might be a shortfall. Depending on the event causing the default, you may not be able to obtain payment of the shortfall.

 

Full Defeasance

 

If there is a change in United States federal tax law, as described below, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the debt securities of a particular series (called “full defeasance”) if we put in place the following other arrangements for you to be repaid:

 

•

We must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of a series of debt securities a combination of cash (in such currency in which such securities and any coupons appertaining thereto are then specified as payable at stated maturity) or government obligations applicable to such securities and coupons appertaining thereto (determined on the basis of the currency in which such securities and coupons appertaining thereto are then specified as payable at stated maturity) that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates and any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments.

 

•

We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion confirming that there has been a change in current United States federal tax law or an IRS ruling that allows us to make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves at maturity. Under current United States federal tax law, the deposit and our legal release from the debt securities would be treated as though we paid you your share of the cash and notes or bonds at the time the cash and notes or bonds were deposited in trust in exchange for your debt securities and you would recognize gain or loss on the debt securities at the time of the deposit.

 

•

We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, as amended, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to defeasance have been complied with.

 

•

Defeasance must not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, of the indenture or any of our other material agreements or instruments.

 

•

No default or event of default with respect to such debt securities and any coupons appertaining thereto shall have occurred and be continuing and no defaults or events of default related to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization shall occur during the next 90 days.

 

•

Satisfy the conditions for covenant defeasance contained in any supplemental indentures.

 

If we ever did accomplish full defeasance, as described above, you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment of the debt securities. You could not look to us for repayment in the unlikely event of any

 

134

---

Table of Contents

shortfall. Conversely, the trust deposit would most likely be protected from claims of our lenders and other creditors if we ever became bankrupt or insolvent. If applicable, you would also be released from the subordination provisions described later under “Indenture Provisions — Subordination”.

 

Form, Exchange and Transfer of Certificated Registered Securities

 

If registered debt securities cease to be issued in book-entry form, they will be issued:

 

•

only in fully registered certificated form,

 

•

without interest coupons, and

 

•

unless we indicate otherwise in the prospectus supplement, in denominations of $1,000 and amounts that are multiples of $1,000.

 

Holders may exchange their certificated securities for debt securities of smaller denominations or combined into fewer debt securities of larger denominations, as long as the total principal amount is not changed and as long as the denomination is greater than the minimum denomination for such securities.

 

Holders may exchange or transfer their certificated securities at the office of the trustee. We have appointed the trustee to act as our agent for registering debt securities in the names of holders transferring debt securities. We may appoint another entity to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.

 

Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer or exchange their certificated securities, but they may be required to pay any tax or other governmental charge associated with the transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange will be made only if our transfer agent is satisfied with the holder’s proof of legal ownership.

 

If we have designated additional transfer agents for your debt security, they will be named in your prospectus supplement. We may appoint additional transfer agents or cancel the appointment of any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in the office through which any transfer agent acts.

 

If any certificated securities of a particular series are redeemable and we redeem less than all the debt securities of that series, we may block the transfer or exchange of those debt securities during the period beginning 15 days before the day we mail the notice of redemption and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to freeze the list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to register transfers or exchanges of any certificated securities selected for redemption, except that we will continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed portion of any debt security that will be partially redeemed.

 

If a registered debt security is issued in book-entry form, only the depositary will be entitled to transfer and exchange the debt security as described in this subsection, since it will be the sole holder of the debt security.

 

Resignation of Trustee

 

Each trustee may resign or be removed with respect to one or more series of indenture securities provided that a successor trustee is appointed to act with respect to these series and has accepted such appointment. In the event that two or more persons are acting as trustee with respect to different series of indenture securities under the indenture, each of the trustees will be a trustee of a trust separate and apart from the trust administered by any other trustee.

 

Indenture Provisions — Subordination

 

Upon any distribution of our assets upon our dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization, the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities is to be subordinated to the extent provided in the indenture in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Designated Senior Indebtedness (as defined below), but our obligation to you to

 

135

---

Table of Contents

make payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such subordinated debt securities will not otherwise be affected. In addition, no payment on account of principal (or premium, if any), sinking fund or interest, if any, may be made on such subordinated debt securities at any time unless full payment of all amounts due in respect of the principal (and premium, if any), sinking fund and interest on Designated Senior Indebtedness has been made or duly provided for in money or money’s worth.

 

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment by us is received by the trustee in respect of subordinated debt securities or by the holders of any of such subordinated debt securities, upon our dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization before all Designated Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, the payment or distribution must be paid over to the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness or on their behalf for application to the payment of all the Designated Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all the Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness. Subject to the payment in full of all Designated Senior Indebtedness upon this distribution by us, the holders of such subordinated debt securities will be subrogated to the rights of the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness to the extent of payments made to the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness out of the distributive share of such subordinated debt securities.

 

By reason of this subordination, in the event of a distribution of our assets upon our insolvency, certain of our senior creditors may recover more, ratably, than holders of any subordinated debt securities or the holders of any indenture securities that are not Designated Senior Indebtedness or subordinated debt securities. The indenture provides that these subordination provisions will not apply to money and securities held in trust under the defeasance provisions of the indenture.

 

Designated Senior Indebtedness is defined in the indenture as the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on:

 

•

our indebtedness (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by us), whenever created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed, that we have designated as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of the indenture and in accordance with the terms of the indenture (including any indenture securities designated as Designated Senior Indebtedness), and

 

•

renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any of this indebtedness.

 

If this prospectus is being delivered in connection with the offering of a series of indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities, the accompanying prospectus supplement will set forth the approximate amount of our Designated Senior Indebtedness and of our other indebtedness outstanding as of a recent date.

 

Secured Indebtedness

 

Certain of our indebtedness, including certain series of indenture securities, may be secured. The prospectus supplement for each series of indenture securities will describe the terms of any security interest for such series and will indicate the approximate amount of our secured indebtedness as of a recent date. In the event of a distribution of our assets upon our insolvency, the holders of unsecured indenture securities may recover less, ratably, than holders of any of our secured indebtedness.

 

The Trustee under the Indenture

 

U.S. Bank National Association will serve as the trustee under the indenture.

 

Certain Considerations Relating to Foreign Currencies

 

Debt securities denominated or payable in foreign currencies may entail significant risks. These risks include the possibility of significant fluctuations in the foreign currency markets, the imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls and potential illiquidity in the secondary market. These risks will vary depending upon the currency or currencies involved and will be more fully described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

 

136

---

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

The 500,000 shares issued to Solar Senior Capital Investors LLC in the Concurrent Private Placement are “restricted” securities under the meaning of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including exemptions contained in Rule 144.

 

We have committed to file a registration statement to register the resale of the shares of common stock issued in the Concurrent Private Placement to Solar Senior Capital Investors LLC within 60 days of receiving a request from Solar Senior Capital Investors LLC to do so. We have committed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to obtain effectiveness of such registration statement as soon as reasonably practicable after the filing of such registration statement. Assuming effectiveness of such registration statement, Solar Senior Capital Investors LLC will generally be able to resell its shares of common stock without restriction.

 

In general, under Rule 144, if six months has elapsed since the date of acquisition of restricted securities from us or any of our affiliates, and we have made certain information about us available publicly, the holder of such restricted securities can sell such securities. However, in the case of a holder that has been our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding the proposed sale, the number of securities sold by such affiliate holder within any three-month period cannot exceed the greater of:

 

•

1% of the total number of securities then outstanding; or

 

•

the average weekly trading volume of our securities during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

 

Sales under Rule 144 by holders that have been our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding the proposed sale also are subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements. If one year has elapsed since the date of acquisition of restricted securities from us or any of our affiliates, and the holder is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding the proposed sale, such person can sell such securities in the public market under Rule 144 without regard to the public information requirements, manner of sale provisions and notice requirements.

 

No assurance can be given as to (1) the likelihood that an active market for our shares will continue to develop; (2) the liquidity of any such market; (3) the ability of our stockholders to sell our securities; or (4) the prices that stockholders may obtain for any of our securities. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of securities, or the availability of securities for future sale, will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our securities, or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our shares.

 

137

---

Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series, up to $150,000,000 of our common stock or debt securities, in one or more underwritten public offerings, at-the-market offerings, negotiated transactions, block trades, best efforts or a combination of these methods. We may sell the securities through underwriters or dealers, directly to one or more purchasers through agents or through a combination of any such methods of sale. Any underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of the securities will be named in the applicable prospectus supplement. A prospectus supplement or supplements will also describe the terms of the offering of the securities, including: the purchase price of the securities and the proceeds we will receive from the sale; any over-allotment options under which underwriters may purchase additional securities from us; any agency fees or underwriting discounts and other items constituting agents’ or underwriters’ compensation; the public offering price; any discounts or concessions allowed or re-allowed or paid to dealers; and any securities exchange or market on which the securities may be listed. Only underwriters named in the prospectus supplement will be underwriters of the securities offered by the prospectus supplement.

 

The distribution of the securities may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices. The price at which securities may be distributed may represent a discount from prevailing market prices.

 

In connection with the sale of the securities, underwriters or agents may receive compensation from us or from purchasers of the securities, for whom they may act as agents, in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters may sell the securities to or through dealers and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of the securities may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act, and any discounts and commissions they receive from us and any profit realized by them on the resale of the securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Any such underwriter or agent will be identified and any such compensation received from us will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement. The maximum aggregate commission or discount to be received by any member of Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or independent broker-dealer, including any reimbursements to underwriters or agents for certain fees and legal expenses incurred by them, will not be greater than 10% of the gross proceeds of the sale of securities offered pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement.

 

Any underwriter may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, short-covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Over-allotment involves sales in excess of the offering size, which create a short position. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum price. Syndicate-covering or other short-covering transactions involve purchases of the securities, either through exercise of the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution is completed, to cover short positions. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a dealer when the securities originally sold by the dealer are purchased in a stabilizing or covering transaction to cover short positions. Those activities may cause the price of the securities to be higher than it would otherwise be. If commenced, the underwriters may discontinue any of the activities at any time.

 

Any underwriters that are qualified market makers on the NASDAQ Global Select Market may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during the business day prior to the pricing of the offering, before the commencement of offers or sales of our common stock. Passive market makers must comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as passive market makers. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for such security; if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, however, the passive market maker’s bid

 

138

---

Table of Contents

must then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of the securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

 

We may sell securities directly or through agents we designate from time to time. We will name any agent involved in the offering and sale of securities and we will describe any commissions we will pay the agent in the prospectus supplement. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, our agent will act on a best-efforts basis for the period of its appointment.

 

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, each class or series of securities will be a new issue with no trading market, other than our common stock, which is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. We may elect to list any other class or series of securities on any exchanges, but we are not obligated to do so. We cannot guarantee the liquidity of the trading markets for any securities.

 

Under agreements that we may enter, underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution of shares of our securities may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribution with respect to payments that the agents or underwriters may make with respect to these liabilities. Underwriters, dealers and agents may engage in transactions with, or perform services for, us in the ordinary course of business.

 

If so indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will authorize underwriters or other persons acting as our agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase our securities from us pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a future date. Institutions with which such contracts may be made include commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension funds, investment companies, educational and charitable institutions and others, but in all cases such institutions must be approved by us. The obligations of any purchaser under any such contract will be subject to the condition that the purchase of our securities shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction to which such purchaser is subject. The underwriters and such other agents will not have any responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of such contracts. Such contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth the commission payable for solicitation of such contracts.

 

We may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by us or borrowed from us or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from us in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third parties in such sale transactions will be underwriters and, if not identified in this prospectus, will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement.

 

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, our securities offered hereby will be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers.

 

139

---

Table of Contents

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DISTRIBUTION PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

 

Our securities are held under a custody agreement by The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation. The address of the custodian is One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company will act as our transfer agent, distribution paying agent and registrar. The principal business address of our transfer agent is 6201 15^th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219, telephone number: (800) 937-5449.

 

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

 

Since we will generally acquire and dispose of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, we will infrequently use brokers in the normal course of our business. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, our investment adviser will be primarily responsible for the execution of the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. Our investment adviser does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but will seek to obtain the best net results for Solar Senior Capital, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While our investment adviser generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs, Solar Senior Capital will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements, our investment adviser may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to the investment adviser and Solar Senior Capital and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if the investment adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Certain legal matters in connection with the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, Washington, DC, and Venable LLP, Baltimore Maryland. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters, if any, by the counsel named in the applicable prospectus supplement.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

KPMG LLP is an independent registered public accounting firm and is located at 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154. The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the period from January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011, and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

140

---

Table of Contents

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to the securities offered by this prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and the securities being offered by this prospectus.

 

We are required to file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC which are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549. This information will also be available free of charge by contacting us at Solar Senior Capital Ltd., 500 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022, by telephone at (212) 993-1670, or on our website at http://www.solarseniorcap.com.

 

141

---

Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting			F-2
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-3
Consolidated Statements of Assets & Liabilities as of December 31, 2012 and December  31, 2011			F-5
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December  31, 2012 and the period January 28, 2011* to December 31, 2011			F-6
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the year ended December  31, 2012 and the period January 28, 2011* to December 31, 2011			F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December  31, 2012 and the period January 28, 2011* to December 31, 2011			F-8
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011			F-9
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-13

 

*

Commencement of operations

 

F-1

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, and for performing an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 based upon criteria in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on our assessment, management determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012 based on the criteria on Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

 

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

 

F-2

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Solar Senior Capital Ltd.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of assets and liabilities, including the consolidated schedules of investments, of Solar Senior Capital Ltd. (and subsidiary) (the Company) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the period from January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosure in the consolidated financial statements. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of December 31, 2012, by correspondence with the custodian, portfolio companies or agents. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Solar Senior Capital Ltd. (and subsidiary) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations, the changes in its net assets and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the period from January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Solar Senior Capital Ltd.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 25, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

New York, New York

February 25, 2013

 

F-3

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Solar Senior Capital Ltd.:

 

We have audited Solar Senior Capital Ltd.’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Management of the Company is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K, and Item 9A, Controls and Procedures–Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, Solar Senior Capital Ltd. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of assets and liabilities of Solar Senior Capital Ltd. (and subsidiary) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the period from January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011, and our report dated February 25, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

New York, New York

February 25, 2013

 

F-4

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

		December 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
Assets
Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments, at fair value (cost—$214,075 and $180,023, respectively)		$	212,602			$	177,749
Cash and cash equivalents			2,647				2,934
Receivable for investments sold			282				4,931
Interest receivable			1,294				1,687
Deferred offering costs			148				—
Prepaid expenses and other assets			56				94
Total assets		$	217,029			$	187,395
Liabilities
Credit facility payable (see note 6 and 7)		$	39,100			$	8,600
Dividends payable			1,116				—
Payable for investments purchased			995				4,912
Investment advisory and management fee payable (see note 3)			581				944
Accrued performance-based incentive fees payable (see note 3)			84				—
Interest payable			121				53
Accrued administrative services expenses			431				141
Other liabilities and accrued expenses			498				310
Total liabilities		$	42,926			$	14,960
Net Assets
Common stock, par value $.01 per share, 200,000,000 and 200,000,000 common shares authorized, respectively, and 9,500,100 and 9,500,100 issued and outstanding, respectively		$	95			$	95
Paid-in capital in excess of par (see note 2f)			177,728				177,815
Distributions in excess of net investment income (see note 2f)			(2,247	)			(2,625	)
Accumulated net realized gain (loss) (see note 2f)			—				(576	)
Net unrealized depreciation			(1,473	)			(2,274	)
Total net assets		$	174,103			$	172,435
Net Asset Value Per Share		$	18.33			$	18.15

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

		Year Ended December 31, 2012				Period January 28, 2011* to December 31, 2011
INVESTMENT INCOME:
From non-controlled/non-affiliated investments:
Interest		$	20,539			$	7,890
EXPENSES:
Management fees (see note 3)		$	2,216			$	944
Interest expense			1,485				237
Performance-based incentive fees (see note 3)			580				—
Administrative services expense			983				289
Insurance expense			403				341
Other general and administrative expenses			1,418				684
Expenses before debt issuance costs			7,085				2,495
Debt issuance costs (see note 7)			961				2,795
Total expenses			8,046				5,290
Net investment income		$	12,493			$	2,600
REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS) ON INVESTMENTS:
Net realized gain (loss) on non-controlled/non-affiliated investments		$	618			$	(576	)
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on non-controlled/non-affiliated investments			801				(2,274	)
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on non-controlled/non-affiliated investments			1,419				(2,850	)
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS RESULTING FROM OPERATIONS		$	13,912			$	(250	)
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE (see note 5)		$	1.46			$	(0.03	)

 

*

Commencement of operations

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

(in thousands, except shares)

 

		Year ended December 31, 2012				Period January 28, 2011* to December 31, 2011
Increase (Decrease) in net assets from operations:
Net investment income		$	12,493			$	2,600
Net realized gain (loss)			618				(576	)
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)			801				(2,274	)
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations			13,912				(250	)
Dividends and distributions to stockholders (see note 9a):			(12,255	)			(5,225	)
Capital share transactions:
Net proceeds from shares sold			—				190,002
Offering costs and other			11				(12,092	)
Net increase in net assets from capital share transactions			11				177,910
Total increase in net assets:			1,668				172,435
Net assets at beginning of period			172,435				—
Net assets at end of period		$	174,103			$	172,435
Capital share activity
Shares sold			—				9,500,100
Shares issued from reinvestment of dividends			—				—
Net increase from capital share activity			—				9,500,100

 

*

Commencement of operations

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

		Year ended December 31, 2012				For the period January 28, 2011* to December 31,  2011
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net increase (decrease) in net assets from operations		$	13,912			$	(250	)
Adjustments to reconcile net increase (decrease) in net assets from operations to net cash used in operating activities:
Net realized (gain) loss on investments			(618	)			576
Net change in unrealized (gain) loss on investments			(801	)			2,274
Debt issuance costs			961				2,795
(Increase) decrease in operating assets:
Purchase of investment securities			(194,447	)			(214,906	)
Proceeds from disposition of investment securities			161,013				34,307
Receivable for investments sold			4,649				(4,931	)
Deferred offering costs			(148	)			—
Interest receivable			393				(1,687	)
Prepaid expenses and other assets			38				(94	)
Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:
Payable for investments purchased			(3,917	)			4,912
Investment advisory and management fee payable			(363	)			944
Accrued performance-based incentive fees payable			84				—
Accrued administrative services expenses			290				141
Interest payable			68				53
Other liabilities and accrued expenses			188				310
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities			(18,698	)			(175,556	)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from shares sold			—				190,002
Offering costs and other			11				(12,092	)
Dividends paid			(11,139	)			(5,225	)
Debt issuance costs			(961	)			(2,795	)
Proceeds from borrowings			130,383				20,450
Repayments of borrowings			(99,883	)			(11,850	)
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities			18,411				178,490
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS			(287	)			2,934
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD			2,934				—
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD		$	2,647			$	2,934
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest		$	1,417			$	184
Cash paid for income taxes			99				—

 

*

Commencement of operations

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

December 31, 2012

(in thousands)

 

Description(1)		Industry		Interest(2)				Basis Point Spread Above Index(5)				Maturity				Par Amount				Cost				Fair Value
Bank Debt/Senior Secured Investments — 118.1%
ABB/Concise Optical LLC(4)		Health Care Providers & Services			6.50	%			L+525				10/24/2018			$	4,000			$	3,961			$	4,000
Aderant North America, Inc.		Software			7.25	%			P+400				12/20/2018				5,000				4,950				4,950
AmeriQual Group, LLC		Food Products			6.50	%			L+500				3/28/2016				12,522				12,391				12,522
Amwins Group, LLC		Insurance			9.25	%			L+800				12/6/2019				2,500				2,453				2,525
Asurion, LLC		Insurance			9.00	%			L+750				5/24/2019				4,793				4,759				4,947
Attachmate Corporation(4)		Software			7.25	%			L+575				11/22/2017				11,550				11,344				11,677
Bellisio Foods, Inc.(4)		Food Products			7.00	%			L+550				12/16/2017				4,650				4,611				4,650
BJ’S Wholesale Club, Inc.		Food & Staples Retailing			9.75	%			L+850				3/26/2020				5,000				4,951				5,150
Catapult Learning LLC(4)		Education Services			7.50	%			L+600				4/5/2017				3,900				3,841				3,763
Citadel Plastics Holdings Inc.(4)		Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber			6.75	%			L+525				2/28/2018				4,814				4,772				4,814
Confie Seguros Holding II Co.(4)		Insurance			6.50	%			L+525				11/9/2018				10,000				9,853				9,850
EIG Investors Corp. 2nd Lien		Internet Software & Services			10.25	%			L+900				5/9/2020				5,000				4,951				5,000
Engineering Solutions & Products, LLC		Aerospace & Defense			8.50	%			P+525				4/21/2017				9,941				9,669				5,468
Hearthside Food Solutions LLC(4)		Food Products			6.50	%			L+525				6/7/2018				10,000				9,950				9,950
Hoffmaster Group, Inc.(4)		Paper & Forest Products			6.50	%			L+525				1/3/2018				4,863				4,841				4,838
Hoffmaster Group, Inc. 2nd Lien		Paper & Forest Products			10.25	%			L+900				1/3/2019				3,000				2,972				2,970
Insight Pharmaceuticals LLC(4)		Personal & Nondurable Consumer Products			6.25	%			L+500				8/26/2016				7,900				7,900				7,900
KIK Custom Products, Inc.		Diversified / Conglomerate Service			8.50	%			L+700				5/31/2014				14,725				14,504				14,725
Landslide Holdings, Inc.(4)		Software			7.00	%			L+575				6/19/2018				4,875				4,787				4,875
Marshall Retail Group, LLC(4)		Specialty Retail			8.00	%			L+650				10/19/2016				4,750				4,694				4,750
National Vision, Inc.(4)		Specialty Retail			7.00	%			L+575				8/2/2018				9,925				9,787				9,925
Porex Corporation(4)		Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber			6.75	%			L+525				3/31/2015				4,284				4,244				4,284
Renaissance Learning, Inc.(4)		Education Services			5.75	%			L+450				11/13/2018				3,990				3,951				3,990
Shield Finance Co. SARL(3,4,6)		IT Services			6.50	%			L+525				5/10/2019				9,950				9,817				9,950
Shoes for Crews, Inc.(4)		Textiles & Leather			6.50	%			L+500				3/27/2017				4,803				4,793				4,803
SLT Environmental, Inc.(4)		Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber			7.00	%			L+550				5/27/2016				9,924				9,819				9,825
Smart Balance, Inc.(4,6)		Food Products			7.00	%			L+575				7/2/2018				3,880				3,808				3,919
Sotera Defense Solutions, Inc.		Aerospace & Defense			7.50	%			L+600				4/22/2017				7,415				7,359				7,341
Things Remembered, Inc.(4)		Specialty Retail			8.00	%			L+650				5/24/2018				8,978				8,814				8,888
TriNet HR Corp.(4)		Professional Services			6.50	%			L+525				10/24/2018				10,000				9,951				9,950
Water Pik, Inc(4)		Personal & Nondurable Consumer Products			6.75	%			L+525				8/10/2017				3,425				3,398				3,425
Total Bank Debt/Senior Secured Investments																	210,357				207,895				205,624
Unsecured Bank Debt/Bonds — 4.0%
Apollo Investment Corporation(6)		Finance			5.75	%			—				1/15/2016				3,650				3,262				3,778
Asurion Holdco(7)		Insurance			11.00	%			L+950				3/2/2019				3,000				2,918				3,200
Unsecured Bank Debt/Bonds																	6,650				6,180				6,978
Total Investments 122.1%(8)																	217,007				214,075				212,602
Liabilities in Excess of Other Assets —(22.1%)																									(38,499	)
Net Assets — 100.0%																								$	174,103

 

(1)

We generally acquire our investments in private transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Our investments are therefore generally subject to certain limitations on resale, and may be deemed to be “restricted securities” under the Securities Act.

 

F-9

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS (continued)

December 31, 2012

 

(2)

Variable rate debt investments typically bear interest at a rate determined by reference to either the London Interbank Offer Rate (LIBOR or “L”) index rate or the prime index rate (PRIME or “P”), and which typically reset monthly, quarterly or semi-annually. For each debt investment we have provided the current interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2012 all investments are paying cash interest.

(3)	Shield Finance Co. SARL is domiciled in Luxembourg and is denominated in U.S. dollars. All other investments are domiciled in the United States.

(4)

Indicates an investment that is wholly or partially held by Solar Senior Capital Ltd. through its wholly-owned subsidiary SUNS SPV LLC. Such investments are pledged as collateral under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (see Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements) and are not generally available to the creditors, if any, of Solar Senior Capital Ltd. The respective par amounts held through SUNS SPV LLC are: ABB/Concise Optical Group $4,000; Attachmate Corporation $9,625; Bellisio Foods, Inc. $3,720; Catapult Learning, LLC $3,900; Citadel Plastics Holdings, Inc. $3,851; Confie Seguros Holdings II Co. $5,000; Hearthside Food Solutions, LLC $9,000; Hoffmaster Group, Inc. $3,890; Insight Pharmaceuticals LLC $5,445; Landslide Holdings, Inc. $1,950; Marshall Retail $4,750; National Vision, Inc. $9,925; Porex Corporation $4,284; Renaissance Learning, Inc. $3,990; Shield Finance Co. SARL $9,950; Shoes for Crews, Inc. $4,803; SLT Environmental, Inc. $9,924; Smart Balance, Inc. $1,940; Things Remembered, Inc. $ 8,978; TriNet HR Corporation $10,000; and WaterPik, Inc. $3,425. Par balances in excess of these stated amounts are held directly by Solar Senior Capital Ltd.

(5)	Floating rate instruments accrue interest at a predetermined spread relative to an index, typically the LIBOR or PRIME rate. These instruments are typically subject to a LIBOR or PRIME rate floor.

(6)	Indicates assets that the Company believes do not represent “qualifying assets” under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Qualifying assets must represent at least 70% of the Company’s total assets at the time of acquisition of any additional non-qualifying assets.

(7)	Asurion Holdco has the option to pay interest in kind at L+1025 if certain specified conditions are met.

(8)	Aggregate gross unrealized depreciation for federal income tax purposes is $3,918; aggregate gross unrealized appreciation and depreciation for federal tax purposes is $1,309 and $5,227, respectively, based on a tax cost of $216,520.

 

Industry Classification		Percentage of Total Investments (at fair value) as of December 31, 2012
Food Products			14.5	%
Specialty Retail			11.1	%
Software			10.1	%
Insurance			9.7	%
Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber			8.9	%
Diversified/Conglomerate Service			6.9	%
Aerospace & Defense			6.0	%
Personal & Nondurable Consumer Products			5.3	%
IT Services			4.7	%
Professional Services			4.7	%
Paper & Forest Products			3.7	%
Education Services			3.6	%
Food & Staples Retailing			2.4	%
Internet Software & Services			2.4	%
Textiles & Leather			2.3	%
Health Care Providers & Services			1.9	%
Finance			1.8	%
Total Investments			100.0	%

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

December 31, 2011

(in thousands, except shares)

 

Description(1)		Industry		Interest(2)				Basis Point Spread Above Index		Maturity				Par Amount				Cost				Fair Value
Bank Debt/Senior Secured Investments — 101.3%
AmeriQual Group, LLC		Beverage, Food & Tobacco			6.50	%		L+500(5)			3/28/2016			$	13,670			$	13,494			$	12,646
ATI Holdings, Inc.(4)		Healthcare, Education & Childcare			7.50	%		L+550(5)			3/12/2016				7,983				7,947				7,942
Asurion, LLC		Insurance			9.00	%		L+750(5)			5/24/2019				10,750				10,684				10,620
Bellisio Foods, Inc.(4)		Beverage, Food & Tobacco			7.00	%		L+550(5)			12/16/2017				5,000				4,950				4,950
Decision Resources, LLC		Healthcare, Education & Childcare			9.50	%		L+800(5)			5/6/2018				16,000				15,851				15,360
EIG Investors Corp.(4)		Personal, Food & Misc. Services			7.75	%		L+625(5)			12/22/2017				8,000				7,841				7,840
Engineering Solutions & Products, LLC		Aerospace & Defense			7.75	%		L+625(5)			4/21/2017				10,667				10,325				9,600
FleetPride Corporation(4)		Cargo Transport			6.75	%		L+550(5)			12/6/2017				8,000				7,842				7,920
Grocery Outlet Inc.		Grocery			10.50	%		L+900(5)			12/15/2017				6,400				6,209				6,208
Hearthside Food Solutions, LLC(4)		Beverage, Food & Tobacco			8.00	%		P+475(5)			5/10/2016				18,884				18,456				18,601
Hoffmaster Group, Inc.(4)		Personal & Nondurable Consumer Products			7.00	%		L+550(5)			1/3/2018				5,000				4,900				4,900
Insight Pharmaceuticals LLC(4)		Personal & Nondurable Consumer Products			7.50	%		L+600(5)			8/26/2016				7,980				7,867				7,860
KIK Custom Products, Inc.		Diversified /Conglomerate Service			8.50	%		L+700(5)			5/31/2014				19,900				19,408				19,303
Marshall Retail Group, LLC(4)		Retail Stores			8.00	%		L+650(5)			10/19/2016				5,000				4,928				4,950
Porex Corporation(4)		Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber			6.75	%		L+525(5)			3/31/2015				4,787				4,724				4,643
Renaissance Learning, Inc.(4)		Healthcare, Education & Childcare			7.75	%		L+625(5)			10/19/2017				7,980				7,669				7,820
Sotera Defense Solutions, Inc.		Aerospace & Defense			7.00	%		L+550(5)			4/22/2017				7,960				7,888				7,841
Shield Finance Co. SARL(3)(4)(6)		Telecommunications			7.63	%		L+562.5(5)			6/15/2016				4,975				4,952				4,851
STHI Holding Corp.		Healthcare, Education & Childcare			8.00	%		—			3/18/2018				3,000				3,000				3,105
Water Pik, Inc(4)		Personal & Nondurable Consumer Products			6.75	%		L+525(5)			8/10/2017				7,980				7,904				7,741
Total Bank Debt/Senior Secured Investments —101.3%																		$	176,839			$	174,701
Unsecured Bonds —1.8%
Apollo Investment Corporation(6)		Finance			5.75	%		—			1/15/2016				3,650				3,184				3,048
Total Investments —103.1%																		$	180,023			$	177,749
Liabilities in Excess of Other Assets —(3.1%)																							(5,314	)
Net Assets —100.0%																						$	172,435

 

(1)

We generally acquire our investments in private transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Our investments are therefore generally subject to certain limitations on resale, and may be deemed to be “restricted securities” under the Securities Act. As of December 31, 2011, we do not hold any equity interests in our investments.

(2)

Variable rate debt investments may bear interest at a rate determined by reference to either the London Interbank Offer Rate (LIBOR or “L”) index rate or the prime index rate (PRIME or “P”), and which may reset monthly, quarterly or semi-annually. For each debt investment we have provided the current interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2011 or the expected reset rate if lower.

(3)	Shield Finance Co. SARL is domiciled in Luxembourg and is denominated in U.S. dollars. All other investments are domiciled in the United States.

 

F-11

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

 

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS (continued)

December 31, 2011

 

(4)

Indicates an investment partially held by Solar Senior Capital Ltd. through its wholly-owned subsidiary SUNS SPV LLC. Such investments are pledged as collateral under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (see Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements) and are not generally available to the creditors of Solar Senior Capital Ltd. Par amounts held through Solar SPV LLC include: ATI Holdings, Inc. $5,495; Bellisio Foods, Inc. $4,000; EIG Investors Corp. $6,000; FleetPride Corporation $5,000; Hearthside Food Solutions LLC $7,337; Hoffmaster Group, Inc. $4,000; Insight Pharmaceutical LLC $5,500; Marshall Retail Group, LLC $4,000; Porex Corporation $2,909; Renaissance Learning, Inc $5,985; Shield Finance Co. SARL $3,990; and Water Pik, Inc. $5,500. Remaining par balances are held directly by Solar Senior Capital Ltd.

(5)	Represents floating rate instruments that accrued interest at a predetermined spread relative to an index, typically the LIBOR or prime rate. These instruments are subject to a LIBOR or prime rate floor.

(6)	Indicates assets that the Company believes do not represent “qualifying assets” under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Qualifying assets must represent at least 70% of the Company’s total assets at the time of acquisition of any additional non-qualifying assets.

 

Industry Classification		Percentage of Total Investments (at fair value) as of December 31, 2011
Beverage, Food & Tobacco			20.4	%
Healthcare, Education & Childcare			19.2	%
Personal & Nondurable Consumer Products			11.5	%
Diversified / Conglomerate Service			10.9	%
Aerospace & Defense			9.8	%
Insurance			6.0	%
Cargo Transport			4.5	%
Personal, Food & Misc. Services			4.4	%
Grocery			3.5	%
Retail Stores			2.8	%
Telecommunications			2.7	%
Chemicals, Plastics & Rubber			2.6	%
Finance			1.7	%
Total Investments			100	%

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2012

(in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

Note 1. Organization

 

Solar Senior Capital Ltd. (“Solar Senior”, the “Company”, “SUNS”, “we”, “us”, or “our”), a Maryland corporation formed on December 16, 2010, is a closed-end, externally managed, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). In addition, for tax purposes we have elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”), under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“the Code”).

 

On January 28, 2011, Solar Senior was capitalized with initial equity of $2 and commenced operations. On February 24, 2011, Solar Senior priced its initial public offering, selling 9.0 million shares, including the underwriters’ over-allotment, at a price of $20.00 per share. Concurrent with this offering, management purchased an additional 500,000 shares through a private placement, also at $20.00 per share.

 

The Company’s investment objective is to seek to maximize current income consistent with the preservation of capital. We will seek to achieve our investment objective by investing primarily in senior secured loans, including first lien, uni-tranche and second lien debt instruments, made primarily to private middle-market companies whose debt is rated below investment grade, which the Company refers to collectively as “senior loans.” The Company may also invest in debt of public companies that are thinly traded. Under normal market conditions, at least 80% of the value of the Company’s net assets will be invested in senior loans.

 

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary SUNS SPV LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formed in August 2011. The consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments and reclassifications which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for the fair presentation of the results of the operations and financial condition for the years presented. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Form 10-K and Regulation S-X, as appropriate, also requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reported periods. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining these estimates could cause actual results to differ materially.

 

In the opinion of management, all adjustments, which are of normal recurring nature, considered necessary for the fair presentation of financial statements have been included.

 

The significant accounting policies consistently followed by the Company are:

 

(a) Security transactions are accounted for on the trade date;

 

(b) The Company conducts the valuation of its assets in accordance with GAAP and the 1940 Act. The Company generally values its assets on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if required. Securities for which market quotations are readily available on an exchange are valued at the closing price on the date of valuation. The Company may also obtain quotes with respect to certain of its investments from pricing services or brokers

 

F-13

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2012

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

or dealers in order to value assets. When doing so, management determines whether the quote obtained is sufficient according to GAAP to determine the fair value of the security. If determined adequate, the Company uses the quote obtained.

 

Securities for which reliable market quotations are not readily available or for which the pricing sources do not provide a valuation or methodology or provide a valuation or methodology that, in the judgment of Solar Capital Partners, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) or the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) does not represent fair value, each shall be valued as follows: (i) each portfolio company or investment is initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment; (ii) preliminary valuation conclusions are documented and discussed with senior management; (iii) independent third-party valuation firms engaged by, or on behalf of, the Board will conduct independent appraisals and review management’s preliminary valuations and make their own assessment for (a) each portfolio investment that, when taken together with all other investments in the same portfolio company, exceeds 10% of total assets, plus available borrowings, as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter, and (b) each portfolio investment that is presently in payment default; (iv) the Board will discuss valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Investment Adviser and, where appropriate, the respective third-party valuation firms.

 

The recommendation of fair value generally considers the following factors among others, as relevant: the nature and realizable value of any collateral; the portfolio company’s ability to make payments; the portfolio company’s earnings and discounted cash flow; the markets in which the issuer does business; and comparisons to publicly traded securities.

 

When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, the Company will consider the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate the valuation. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

 

Investments of sufficient credit quality purchased within 60 days of maturity are valued at cost plus accreted discount, or minus amortized premium, which approximates fair value.

 

Investments are valued utilizing a market approach, an income approach, or both approaches, as appropriate. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts (for example, cash flows or earnings) to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, M&A comparables, and enterprise values, among other factors. When available, broker quotations and/or quotations provided by pricing services are considered as an input in the valuation process. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, there has been no change to the Company’s valuation techniques and related inputs considered in the valuation process.

 

F-14

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2012

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820 classifies the inputs used to measure these fair values into the following hierarchy:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, accessible by the Company at the measurement date.

 

Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other observable inputs other than quoted prices.

 

Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

 

In all cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to each investment.

 

(c) Gains or losses on investments are calculated by using the specific identification method.

 

(d) The Company records interest, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, on an accrual basis. Loan origination fees, original issue discount, and market discounts are capitalized and we amortize such amounts into income using the interest method or on a straight-line basis, as applicable. Upon the prepayment of a loan, any unamortized loan origination fees are recorded as interest income. We record prepayment premiums on loans and other investments as interest income when we receive such amounts. Capital structuring and other fees for services rendered are recorded as other income when earned.

 

(e) The Company intends to comply with the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code pertaining to regulated investment companies to make distributions of taxable income sufficient to relieve it of substantially all Federal income taxes. The Company, at its discretion, may carry forward taxable income in excess of calendar year distributions and pay a 4% excise tax on this income. The Company will accrue excise tax on estimated excess taxable income as required.

 

(f) Book and tax basis differences relating to stockholder dividends and distributions and other permanent book and tax differences are typically reclassified among the Company’s capital accounts. In addition, the character of income and gains to be distributed is determined in accordance with income tax regulations that may differ from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; accordingly, at December 31, 2012, $98 was reclassified on our balance sheet between distributions in excess of net investment income and paid-in capital in excess of par and $42 was reclassified on our balance sheet between accumulated net realized gain (loss) and distributions in excess of net investment income. Total earnings and net asset value are not affected.

 

(g) Dividends and distributions to common stockholders are recorded as of the record date. The amount to be paid out as a dividend is determined by the board of directors each month. Net realized capital gains, if any, are generally distributed or deemed distributed at least annually.

 

(h) In accordance with Regulation S-X Article 6.03 and ASC 810—Consolidation, the Company generally will not consolidate its interest in any operating company other than in investment company subsidiaries, certain financing subsidiaries, and controlled operating companies substantially all of whose business consists of providing services to the Company.

 

F-15

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2012

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

(i) The accounting records of the Company are maintained in U.S. dollars. Any assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars based on the rate of exchange of such currencies against U.S. dollars on the date of valuation. The Company will not isolate that portion of the results of operations resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates on investments from the fluctuations arising from changes in market prices of securities held. Such fluctuations would be included with the net realized and unrealized gain or loss from investments. The Company’s investments in foreign securities, if any, may involve certain risks, including without limitation: foreign exchange restrictions, expropriation, taxation or other political, social or economic risks, all of which could affect the market and/or credit risk of the investment. In addition, changes in the relationship of foreign currencies to the U.S. dollar can significantly affect the value of these investments and therefore the earnings of the Company.

 

(j) The Company has made an irrevocable election to apply the fair value option of accounting to its SUNS SPV Credit Facility, in accordance with ASC 825-10 and uses an independent third-party valuation firm to measure its fair value.

 

(k) The Company records expenses related to shelf filings and applicable offering costs as prepaid assets. These expenses are charged as a reduction of capital upon utilization, in accordance with ASC 946-20-25.

 

(l) Investments that are expected to pay regularly scheduled interest in cash are generally placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest cash payments are past due 30 days or more and/or when it is no longer probable that principal or interest cash payments will be collected. Such non-accrual investments are restored to accrual status if past due principal and interest are paid in cash, and in management’s judgment, are likely to continue timely payment of their remaining interest obligations. Cash interest payments received on non-accrual designated investments may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment.

 

(m) The Company defines cash equivalents as securities that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and so near their maturity that they present insignificant risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates. Generally, only securities with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase would qualify, with limited exceptions. The Company deems that certain U.S. Treasury bills, repurchase agreements and other high-quality, short-term debt securities would qualify as cash equivalents.

 

Note 3. Agreements

 

Solar Senior has an Investment Advisory and Management Agreement with the Investment Adviser, under which the Investment Adviser manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to, Solar Senior. For providing these services, the Investment Adviser receives a fee from Solar Senior, consisting of two components—a base management fee and an incentive fee. The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.00% of gross assets. For services rendered under the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement, the base management fee is payable quarterly in arrears. The base management fee is calculated based on the average value of our gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter. Base management fees for any partial month or quarter will be appropriately pro-rated.

 

The incentive fee has two parts, as follows: one is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (other than fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for

 

F-16

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2012

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

the quarter (excluding the incentive fee). Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with pay-in-kind interest and zero-coupon securities), accrued income that we have not received in cash. Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, computed net of all realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Pre-incentive fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a hurdle of 1.75% per quarter (7.00% annualized). The Company pays the Investment Adviser an incentive fee with respect to pre-incentive fee net investment income in each calendar quarter as follows:

 

•

no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which our pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the hurdle of 1.75%;

 

•

50% of pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle but is less than 2.9167% in any calendar quarter (11.67% annualized);

 

  and

 

•

20% of the amount of pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds 2.9167% in any calendar quarter (11.67% annualized) will be payable to the Investment Adviser.

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, and for the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011, the Company recognized $2,216 and $944, respectively, in base management fees and $580 and $0, respectively, in performance-based incentive fees.

 

The second part of the incentive fee is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date) and will equal 20% of the Company’s cumulative realized capital gains less cumulative realized capital losses, unrealized capital depreciation (unrealized depreciation on a gross investment-by-investment basis at the end of each calendar year) and all capital gains upon which prior performance-based capital gains incentive fee payments were previously made to the Investment Adviser. For accounting purposes only, we are required under GAAP to accrue a theoretical capital gains incentive fee based upon net realized capital gains and unrealized capital appreciation and depreciation on investments held at the end of each period. The accrual of this theoretical capital gains incentive fee assumes all unrealized capital appreciation and depreciation is realized in order to reflect a theoretical capital gains incentive fee that would be payable to the Investment Adviser at each measurement date. There was no such required accrual under GAAP for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, and for the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011. It should be noted that a fee so calculated and accrued would not be payable under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”) or the Investment Advisory Agreement, and would not be paid based upon such computation of capital gains incentive fees in subsequent periods. Amounts actually paid to the Investment Adviser will be consistent with the Advisers Act and formula reflected in the Investment Advisory Agreement which specifically excludes consideration of unrealized capital appreciation.

 

Solar Senior has also entered into an Administration Agreement with Solar Capital Management, LLC (the “Administrator”) under which the Administrator provides administrative services for Solar Senior. For providing these services, facilities and personnel, Solar Senior reimburses the Administrator for Solar Senior’s allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent. The Administrator will also provide, on Solar Senior’s behalf, managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which Solar Senior is required to provide such assistance.

 

F-17

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2012

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, and for the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011, the Company recognized expenses under the Administration Agreement of $983 and $289, respectively.

 

Note 4. Net Asset Value Per Share

 

At December 31, 2012, the Company’s total net assets and net asset value per share were $174,103 and $18.33, respectively. This compares to total net assets and net asset value per share at December 31, 2011 of $172,435 and $18.15, respectively.

 

Note 5. Earnings (Loss) Per Share

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share, pursuant to ASC 260-10, for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011:

 

		Year Ended December 31, 2012				January 28, 2011* to December 31, 2011
Earnings (Loss) per share (basic & diluted) Numerator for increase (decrease) in net assets per share:		$	13,912			$	(250	)
Denominator for weighted average shares:			9,500,100				8,627,696
Earnings (loss) per share:			1.46				(0.03	)

 

*

Commencement of operations

 

Note 6. Fair Value

 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value that includes a hierarchy used to classify the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three levels. The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

Level 1. Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market that the Company has the ability to access (examples include active exchange-traded equity securities, exchange-traded derivatives, and most U.S. Government and agency securities).

 

Level 2. Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or model inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include the following:

 

a)

Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

 

b)

Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets;

 

F-18

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2012

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

c)

Pricing models whose inputs are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

 

d)

Pricing models whose inputs are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data through correlation or other means for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

Level 3. Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. These inputs reflect management’s own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability (examples include certain of our private debt investments and our Credit Facility).

 

When the inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the level within which the fair value measurement is categorized is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. For example, a Level 3 fair value measurement may include inputs that are observable (Levels 1 and 2) and unobservable (Level 3). Therefore gains and losses for such assets and liabilities categorized within the Level 3 table below may include changes in fair value that are attributable to both observable inputs (Levels 1 and 2) and unobservable inputs (Level 3).

 

A review of fair value hierarchy classifications is conducted on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of valuation inputs may result in a reclassification for certain financial assets or liabilities. Reclassifications impacting Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are reported as transfers in/out of the Level 3 category as of the beginning of the quarter in which the reclassifications occur.

 

The following table presents the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

Fair Value Measurements

As of December 31, 2012

 

		Level 1				Level 2				Level 3				Total
Assets:
Bank Debt/Senior Secured Loans		$	—			$	21,774			$	183,850			$	205,624
Unsecured Loans/ Bonds			—				6,978				—				6,978
Total Investments			—				28,752				183,850				212,602
Credit Facility		$	—			$	—			$	39,100			$	39,100

 

Fair Value Measurements

As of December 31, 2011

 

		Level 1				Level 2				Level 3				Total
Assets:
Bank Debt/Senior Secured Loans		$	—			$	13,725			$	160,976			$	174,701
Unsecured Bonds			—				3,048				—				3,048
Total Investments			—				16,773				160,976				177,749
Credit Facility		$	—			$	—			$	8,600			$	8,600

 

F-19

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2012

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The following table provides a summary of the changes in fair value of Level 3 assets for the year ended December 31, 2012 as well as the portion of gains or losses included in income attributable to unrealized gains or losses related to those assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2012:

 

Fair Value Measurements Using Level 3 Inputs

As of December 31, 2012

 

		Bank Debt/Senior Secured  Loans
Fair value, December 31, 2011		$	160,976
Total gains or losses included in earnings:
Net realized gain			28
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)			(812	)
Purchase of investment securities			167,834
Proceeds from dispositions of investment securities			(144,176	)
Transfers in/out of Level 3			—
Fair value, December 31, 2012		$	183,850
Unrealized gains (losses) for the year relating to those Level 3 assets that were still held by the Company at the end of the year:
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)		$	(652	)

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, there were no transfers in and out of Levels 1, 2, or 3. The Company had no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the year.

 

The following table shows a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for fair valued liabilities measured using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

Credit Facility		Fair Value
Fair value, December 31, 2011		$	8,600
Total unrealized appreciation			—
Borrowings			130,383
Repayments			(99,883	)
Transfers in/out of Level 3			—
Fair value, December 31, 2012		$	39,100

 

The Company has made an irrevocable election to apply the fair value option of accounting to the Credit Facility, in accordance with ASC 825-10. On December 31, 2012, there were borrowings of $39,100 on the Credit Facility. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Credit Facility had no net change in unrealized (appreciation) depreciation. The Company uses an independent third-party valuation firm to measure the fair value of our Credit Facility.

 

F-20

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2012

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The following table provides a summary of the changes in fair value of Level 3 assets for the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011 as well as the portion of gains or losses included in income attributable to unrealized gains or losses related to those assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2011:

 

Fair Value Measurements Using Level 3 Inputs

As of December 31, 2011

 

		Bank Debt/Senior Secured  Loans
Fair value, January 28, 2011		$	—
Total gains or losses included in earnings:
Net realized gain			415
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)			(2,179	)
Purchase of investment securities			176,895
Proceeds from dispositions of investment securities			(14,155	)
Transfers in/out of Level 3			—
Fair value, December 31, 2011		$	160,976
Unrealized gains (losses) for the period relating to those Level 3 assets that were still held by the Company at the end of the period:
Net change in unrealized loss		$	(2,179	)

 

During the period from January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011, there were no transfers in and out of Levels 1, 2, or 3. The Company had no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the period.

 

The following table shows a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for fair valued liabilities measured using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the period from January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011:

 

Credit Facility		Fair Value
Fair value, January 28, 2011		$	—
Total unrealized appreciation			—
Borrowings			20,450
Repayments			(11,850	)
Transfers in/out of Level 3			—
Fair value, December 31, 2011		$	8,600

 

The Company has made an irrevocable election to apply the fair value option of accounting to the Credit Facility, in accordance with ASC 825-10. On December 31, 2011, there were borrowings of $8,600 on the Credit Facility. For the period from January 28, 2011 to December 31, 2011, the Credit Facility had no net change in unrealized (appreciation) depreciation. The Company uses an independent third-party valuation firm to measure the fair value of our Credit Facility.

 

F-21

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2012

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Quantitative information about the Company’s Level 3 asset and liability fair value measurements as of December 31, 2012 is summarized in the table below:

 

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

 

Asset or Liability

Fair Value at December  31, 2012

Valuation Techniques/Methodology

Unobservable Input

Range (Weighted Average)

Senior Secured / Bank Debt

Asset

$

183,850

Yield Analysis/Market Approach/Broker quoted Enterprise value

Market Yields / Bid-Ask Spreads/ EBITDA Multiples

5.8% – 10.6% (7.8%)/3.6x –7.3x (5.8x)

Credit Facility

Liability

$

39,100

Yield Analysis/Market Approach

Market Yields

L+0.5% – L+5.5% (L+2.7%)

 

Significant increases or decreases in any of the above unobservable inputs in isolation, including unobservable inputs used in deriving bid-ask spreads, if applicable, would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement for such assets and liabilities.

 

Note 7. Debt

 

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility—On August 26, 2011, the Company established a $200 million senior secured revolving credit facility with Citigroup Global Markets Inc. acting as administrative agent. In connection with this senior secured revolving credit facility, the SPV, as borrower, entered into a Loan and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2011 (the “Loan and Servicing Agreement”), whereby the Company transferred certain loans it had originated or acquired or thereafter, will originate or acquire (the “Loans”) from time to time to the SPV via a Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2011 (the “Contribution Agreement”). The Contribution Agreement, together with the Loan and Servicing Agreement and various supporting documentation form the Credit Facility.

 

The Credit Facility was originally scheduled to mature on August 26, 2016 and generally bore interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.25%. The Credit Facility has $150 million available with an additional $50 million available as a delayed draw. It can also be expanded up to $600 million. The Credit Facility is secured by all of the assets held by the SPV. Under the terms of the Credit Facility, Solar Senior and the SPV, as applicable, have made certain customary representations and warranties, and are required to comply with various covenants, including leverage restrictions, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar credit facilities. The Credit Facility also includes usual and customary events of default for credit facilities of this nature.

 

On November 7, 2012, we amended our $200 million Credit Facility. As a result of the amendment, the stated interest rate on the Credit Facility was reduced to LIBOR plus 2.00% from LIBOR plus 2.25%, and the Credit Facility continues to have no LIBOR floor requirement. In addition, the amendment reduced certain non-usage fees. The amendment also provided us greater flexibility and extended the final maturity date to November 6, 2017.

 

The Company has made an irrevocable election to apply the fair value option of accounting to the Credit Facility, in accordance with ASC 825-10. Accounting for the Credit Facility at fair value will better align the measurement methodologies of assets and liabilities, which may mitigate certain earnings volatility. As a result of this election, $961 and $2,795 of costs related to the amendment and establishment of the Credit Facility was

 

F-22

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2012

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

expensed during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011, respectively, rather than being deferred and amortized over the life of the Credit Facility. ASC 825-10 requires entities to display the fair value of the selected assets and liabilities on the face of the Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities and changes in fair value of the Credit Facility are reported in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

The weighted average annualized interest cost for all borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from the Company’s first borrowing during the fourth fiscal quarter of 2011 through December 31, 2011 was 2.48% and 2.58%, respectively. These costs are exclusive of commitment fees and for other prepaid expenses related to establishing the Credit Facility. This weighted average annualized interest cost reflects the average interest cost for all outstanding borrowings. The maximum amount borrowed on the Credit Facility during the year ended December 31, 2012, and the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011 was $74,500 and $12,650, respectively.

 

Note 8. Financial Highlights

 

The following is a schedule of financial highlights for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011:

 

Per Share Data(b):		Year ended December 31, 2012				For the period January  28, 2011(a) to December 31, 2011
Net asset value, beginning of period		$	18.15			$	—
Net investment income			1.31				0.30
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments			0.15				(0.33	)
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations			1.46				(0.03	)
Issuance of common stock			—				20.00
Offering costs and other			0.01				(1.27	)
Dividends to shareholders			(1.29	)			(0.55	)
Net asset value, end of period		$	18.33			$	18.15
Total return(c)(d)			27.65	%			(18.49	%)
Net assets, end of period			174,103			$	172,435
Per share market value		$	18.66			$	15.75
Shares outstanding end of period			9,500,100				9,500,100
Ratio to average net assets:
Net Investment Income			7.14	%			1.51	%
Operating expenses(d)(e)			3.20	%			1.31	%
Interest and related expenses(d)(e)			1.40	%			1.77	%
Total expenses(d)(e)			4.60	%			3.08	%
Average debt outstanding			41,439				7,123
Portfolio turnover ratio			74.5	%			37.0	%

 

(a)

Commencement of operations

 

F-23

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2012

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

(b)

Calculated using the average shares outstanding method.

(c)

Total return is based on the change in market price per share during the period and takes into account any dividends, if any, reinvested in accordance with the dividend reinvestment plan.

(d)

Not annualized for periods less than one year.

(e)

The Company has reclassified the ratios of expenses to average net assets for the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011 to conform to the current period’s presentation.

 

Information about our senior securities is shown in the following table as of each year ended December 31 since the Company commenced operations, unless otherwise noted. The “—” indicates information which the SEC expressly does not require to be disclosed for certain types of senior securities.

 

Class and Year		Total Amount Outstanding(1)				Asset Coverage Per Unit(2)				Involuntary Liquidating Preference Per Unit(3)				Average Market Value Per Unit(4)
Revolving Credit Facility
Fiscal 2012		$	39,100			$	5,453			$	—				N/A
Fiscal 2011			8,600				21,051				—				N/A

 

(1)

Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented.

(2)

The asset coverage ratio for a class of senior securities representing indebtedness is calculated as our consolidated total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, divided by senior securities representing indebtedness. This asset coverage ratio is multiplied by one thousand to determine the Asset Coverage Per Unit. In order to determine the specific Asset Coverage Per Unit for each class of debt, the total Asset Coverage Per Unit was divided based on the amount outstanding at the end of the period for each.

(3)

The amount to which such class of senior security would be entitled upon the involuntary liquidation of the issuer in preference to any security junior to it.

(4)

Not applicable, we do not have senior securities that are registered for public trading.

 

Note 9(a). Income Tax Information and Distributions to Stockholders

 

The tax character of dividends for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 was as follows:

 

Ordinary income		$	11,830
Capital Gains			425
		$	12,255

 

As of December 31, 2012, the components of accumulated ordinary income and gains (losses) on a tax basis were as follows⁽¹⁾ :

 

Distributable ordinary income		$	1,014
Other book/tax temporary differences			867
Unrealized depreciation			(3,918	)
Total accumulated losses		$	(2,037	)

 

(1)	Tax information for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 is an estimate and will not be determined and final until the Company files its 2012 tax return expected in September 2013.

 

F-24

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2012

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The tax character of dividends for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 was as follows:

 

Ordinary income		$	5,225

 

As of December 31, 2011, the components of accumulated ordinary income and gains (losses) on a tax basis were as follows:

 

Distributable ordinary income		$	437
Post-October capital losses(1)			(665	)
Net unrealized depreciation			(2,274	)
Total accumulated losses		$	(2,502	)

 

(1)

As of December 31, 2011, we had a post-October capital loss deferral of $665.

 

Note 9(b). Other Tax Information (unaudited)

 

No distributions paid during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 or for the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2011 were eligible for qualified dividend income treatment or were eligible for the 70% dividends received deduction for corporate stockholders.

 

The Company recognizes in its consolidated financial statements the tax effect of a tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. To the best of our knowledge, we did not have any uncertain tax positions that met the recognition or measurement criteria of ASC 740-10-25 nor did we have any unrecognized tax benefits as of the periods presented herein. Although we file federal and state tax returns, our major tax jurisdiction is federal. Our tax returns for each of our federal tax years since 2011 remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and the state department of revenue.

 

Note 10. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

 

Quarter Ended		Investment Income								Net Investment Income (loss)								Net Realized And Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Assets								Net Increase (Decrease) In Net Assets From Operations
		Total				Per Share				Total				Per Share				Total				Per Share				Total				Per Share
December 31, 2012		$	6,141			$	0.65			$	3,425			$	0.36			$	(2,670	)		$	(0.28	)		$	755			$	0.08
September 31, 2012			4,890				0.51				3,001				0.32				806				0.08				3,807				0.40
June 30, 2012			5,599				0.59				3,441				0.36				192				0.02				3,633				0.38
March 31, 2012			3,909				0.41				2,626				0.28				3,091				0.32				5,717				0.60
December 31, 2011		$	3,554			$	0.37			$	2,570			$	0.27			$	1,676			$	0.18			$	4,246			$	0.45
September 31, 2011			2,874				0.30				(644	)			(0.07	)			(4,844	)			(0.51	)			(5,488	)			(0.58	)
June 30, 2011			1,405				0.15				794				0.08				180				0.02				974				0.10
March 31, 2011*			57				0.01				(120	)			(0.01	)			138				0.01				18				0.00

 

*

For the period January 28, 2011 (commencement of operations) to March 31, 2011

 

F-25

---

Table of Contents

SOLAR SENIOR CAPITAL LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2012

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Note 11. Subsequent Events

 

On January 8, 2013, our board of directors declared a monthly dividend of $0.1175 per share payable on February 1, 2013 to holders of record as of January 24, 2013.

 

On January 16, 2013, the Company closed on a follow-on public equity offering of 2.0 million shares of common stock at $18.85 per share raising approximately $37,200 in net proceeds.

 

On February 5, 2013, our board of directors declared a monthly dividend of $0.1175 per share payable on March 1, 2013 to holders of record as of February 21, 2013.

 

On February 25, 2013, our board of directors declared a monthly dividend of $0.1175 per share payable on April 2, 2013 to holders of record as of March 21, 2013.

 

The Company has evaluated the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through the date the consolidated financial statements were issued.

 

F-26

---

Table of Contents

 

 

 

$150,000,000

 

 

Solar Senior Capital Ltd.

 

Common Stock

Debt Securities

 

 

 

P R O S P E C T U S

 

                    , 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

---

Table of Contents

PART C — OTHER INFORMATION

 

ITEM 25.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

 

1. Financial Statements

 

The following financial statements of Solar Senior Capital Ltd. (the “Registrant” or the “Company”) are included in Part A “Information Required to be in the Prospectus” of the Registration Statement.

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting			F-2
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-3
Consolidated Statements of Assets & Liabilities as of December 31, 2012 and December  31, 2011			F-5
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December  31, 2012 and the period January 28, 2011* to December 31, 2011			F-6
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the year ended December  31, 2012 and the period January 28, 2011* to December 31, 2011			F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December  31, 2012 and the period January 28, 2011* to December 31, 2011			F-8
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011			F-9
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-13

 

*

Commencement of operations

 

C-1

---

Table of Contents

2. Exhibits

 

Exhibit Number		Description
a.		Articles of Amendment and Restatement(1)
b.		Amended and Restated Bylaws(1)
d.1		Form of Common Stock Certificate(1)
d.2		Form of Indenture(4)
e.		Dividend Reinvestment Plan(1)
f.1		Form of Loan and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2011, by and among Registrant, as the servicer and the transferor, SUNS SPV LLC, as the borrower, each of the conduit lenders from time to time party thereto, each of the liquidity banks from time to time party thereto, each of the lender agents from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as the collateral agent, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as the account bank, the backup servicer and the collateral custodian, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as the administrative agent.(2)
f.2		Form of Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2011, by and between SUNS SPV LLC, as the contributee, and Solar Senior Capital Ltd., as the contributor.(2)
f.3		Agreement and First Amendment to Loan and Servicing Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2012, by and among the Registrant, as the servicer and the transferor, SUNS SPV LLC, as the borrower, each of the conduit lenders from time to time party thereto, each of the liquidity banks from time to time party thereto, each of the lender agents from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as the administrative agent and collateral agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as the account bank, the collateral custodian and the backup servicer.(6)
f.4		Form of Loan and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2011 (as amended through November 7, 2012), by and among the Registrant, as the servicer and the transferor, SUNS SPV LLC, as the borrower, each of the conduit lenders from time to time party thereto, each of the liquidity banks from time to time party thereto, each of the lender agents from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as the administrative agent and collateral agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as the account bank, the backup servicer and the collateral custodian.(6)
g.		Investment Advisory and Management Agreement by and between Registrant and Solar Capital Partners, LLC(1)
h.		Form of Underwriting Agreement(5)
j.		Form of Custody Agreement(1)
k.1		Administration Agreement by and between Registrant and Solar Capital Management, LLC(1)
k.2		Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Registrant and each of its directors(1)
k.3		Trademark License Agreement by and between Registrant and Solar Capital Partners, LLC(1)
k.4		Form of Share Purchase Agreement by and between Registrant and Solar Senior Capital Investors, LLC(1)
k.5		Form of Amendment No. 1 to the Share Purchase Agreement by and between Registrant and Solar Senior Capital Investors, LLC(3)
l.1		Opinion of Venable LLP(5)
l.2		Opinion of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP(5)
n.1		Consent of Venable LLP (Incorporated by reference to exhibit l.1 hereto)(5)
n.2		Consent of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP (Incorporated by reference to exhibit l.2 hereto)(5)
n.3		Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
n.4		Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

C-2

---

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number		Description
n.5		Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(5)
r.		Code of Ethics(1)
99.1		Code of Business Conduct(1)
99.2		Form of Prospectus Supplement for Common Stock Offerings(5)
99.3		Form of Prospectus Supplement for Debt Offerings(5)

 

(1)

Previously filed in connection with Solar Senior Capital Ltd.’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-171330) filed on February 14, 2011.

(2)

Previously filed in connection with Solar Senior Capital Ltd.’s report on Form 8-K filed on August 31, 2011.

(3)

Previously filed in connection with Solar Senior Capital Ltd.’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2012.

(4)

Previously filed in connection with Solar Senior Capital Ltd.’s registration statement on Form N-2 Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 (File No. 333-179433) filed on March 20, 2012.

(5)

Previously filed in connection with Solar Senior Capital Ltd.’s registration statement on Form N-2 Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 (File No. 333-179433) filed on May 11, 2012.

(6)

Previously filed in connection with Solar Senior Capital Ltd.’s registration statement on Form N-2 Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 (File No. 333-179433) filed on January 16, 2013.

 

ITEM 26.    MARKETING ARRANGEMENTS

 

The information contained under the heading “Plan of Distribution” on this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 27.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

 

SEC registration fee		$	17,190
FINRA filing fee			15,500
NASDAQ Global Select Market Listing Fee			70,000
Printing and postage			100,000
Legal fees and expenses			210,000
Accounting fees and expenses			105,000
Miscellaneous			10,000
Total		$	527,690

 

Note:

All listed amounts, except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee, are estimates.

 

ITEM 28.    PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL

 

We may be deemed to control certain portfolio companies. See “Portfolio Companies” in the prospectus.

 

Subsidiaries

 

The following list sets forth each of our subsidiaries, the state or country under whose laws the subsidiary is organized, and the percentage of voting securities or membership interests owned by us in such subsidiary:

 

SUNS SPV LLC (Delaware)			100	%

 

The subsidiary listed above is consolidated for financial reporting purposes.

 

C-3

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 29.    NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

The following table sets forth the number of record holders of the Registrant’s common stock at April 24, 2013:

 

Title of Class		Number of Record Holders
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share		5

 

ITEM 30.    INDEMNIFICATION

 

Directors and Officers

 

Reference is made to Section 2-418 of the Maryland General Corporation Law, Article VII of the Registrant’s charter and Article XI of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Bylaws.

 

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. The Registrant’s charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act.

 

The Registrant’s charter authorizes the Registrant, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer of the Registrant or any individual who, while serving as the Registrant’s director or officer and at the Registrant’s request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The Registrant’s bylaws obligate the Registrant, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while serving as the Registrant’s director or officer and at the Registrant’s request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner, trustee, manager or member and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding without requiring a preliminary determination of his or her ultimate entitlement to indemnification. The charter and bylaws also permit the Registrant to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of the Registrant in any of the capacities described above and any of the Registrant’s employees or agents or any employees or agents of the Registrant’s predecessor. In accordance with the 1940 Act, the Registrant will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

 

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which the Registrant’s charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and

 

C-4

---

Table of Contents

deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received unless, in either case, a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer in advance of final disposition of a proceeding upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

 

Adviser and Administrator

 

The Investment Advisory and Management Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Solar Capital Partners, LLC, or the Adviser, and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory and Management Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Registrant.

 

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Solar Capital Management, LLC and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Solar Capital Management, LLC’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Registrant.

 

The law also provides for comparable indemnification for corporate officers and agents. Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors. The indemnification agreements are intended to provide the Registrant’s directors the maximum indemnification permitted under Maryland law and the 1940 Act. Each indemnification agreement provides that the Registrant shall indemnify the director who is a party to the agreement (an “Indemnitee”), including the advancement of legal expenses, if, by reason of his or her corporate status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to or a witness in any threatened, pending, or completed proceeding, other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Registrant.

 

ITEM 31.    BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER

 

A description of any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature in which Solar Capital Partners, LLC, and each managing director, director or executive officer of Solar Capital Partners,

 

C-5

---

Table of Contents

LLC, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the sections entitled “Management — Board of Directors,” “Investment Advisory and Management Agreement” and “Portfolio Management — Investment Personnel.” Additional information regarding Solar Capital Partners, LLC and its officers and directors will be set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No. 801-68710), under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 32.    LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

 

All accounts, books, and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

 

(1)

the Registrant, Solar Senior Capital Ltd., 500 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022;

 

(2)

the Transfer Agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219;

 

(3)

the Custodian, The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, One Wall Street, New York, NY 10286; and

 

(4)

the Adviser, Solar Capital Partners, LLC, 500 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022.

 

ITEM 33.    MANAGEMENT SERVICES

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 34.    UNDERTAKINGS

 

(1) Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of the shares of common stock covered hereby until it amends its prospectus contained herein if (a) subsequent to the effective date of this Registration Statement, its net asset value per share of common stock declines more than 10% from its net asset value per share of common stock as of the effective date of this Registration Statement, or (b) its net asset value per share of common stock increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus contained herein.

 

(2) Not applicable.

 

(3) Not applicable.

 

(4) The Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement:

 

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the 1933 Act;

 

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and

 

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

(b) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and

 

C-6

---

Table of Contents

(c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering; and

 

(d) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the 1933 Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the 1933 Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the 1933 Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

(e) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the 1933 Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:

 

(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act;

 

(ii) the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the 1933 Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

 

(iii) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

(f) To file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement, and to suspend any offers or sales pursuant the registration statement until such post-effective amendment has been declared effective under the 1933 Act, in the event the shares of Registrant are trading below its net asset value and either (i) Registrant receives, or has been advised by its independent registered accounting firm that it will receive, an audit report reflecting substantial doubt regarding the Registrant’s ability to continue as a going concern or (ii) Registrant has concluded that a material adverse change has occurred in its financial position or results of operations that has caused the financial statements and other disclosures on the basis of which the offering would be made to be materially misleading.

 

(5) (a) For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497 (h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(6) The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information.

 

C-7

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to this Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of New York, on the 29th day of April, 2013.

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to this Registration Statement on Form N-2 has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant, and in the capacities indicated, on the 29th day of April, 2013.

 

Signature		Title
/s/    MICHAEL S. GROSS Michael S. Gross		Chief Executive Officer, President, Chairman of the Board and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
* Steven Hochberg		Director
* David S. Wachter		Director
* Leonard A. Potter		Director
* Bruce Spohler		Chief Operating Officer and Director
/s/    RICHARD L. PETEKA Richard L. Peteka		Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), Treasurer and Secretary

 

*

Signed by Michael S. Gross pursuant to a power of attorney signed by each individual and filed with this registration statement on February 8, 2012.

 

C-8